US20070118133A1 - Intervertebral disc anulus repair - Google Patents

Intervertebral disc anulus repair Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070118133A1
US20070118133A1 US11/641,174 US64117406A US2007118133A1 US 20070118133 A1 US20070118133 A1 US 20070118133A1 US 64117406 A US64117406 A US 64117406A US 2007118133 A1 US2007118133 A1 US 2007118133A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
anulus
disc
barrier
implant
augmentation
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/641,174
Inventor
Greg Lambrecht
Robert Moore
Jacob Einhorn
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/608,797 external-priority patent/US6425919B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/696,636 external-priority patent/US6508839B1/en
Priority claimed from US10/055,504 external-priority patent/US7258700B2/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US11/641,174 priority Critical patent/US20070118133A1/en
Publication of US20070118133A1 publication Critical patent/US20070118133A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/103Detecting, measuring or recording devices for testing the shape, pattern, colour, size or movement of the body or parts thereof, for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/107Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/1076Measuring physical dimensions, e.g. size of the entire body or parts thereof for measuring dimensions inside body cavities, e.g. using catheters
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/0057Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/068Surgical staplers, e.g. containing multiple staples or clamps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/32Surgical cutting instruments
    • A61B17/320016Endoscopic cutting instruments, e.g. arthroscopes, resectoscopes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/32Surgical cutting instruments
    • A61B17/3205Excision instruments
    • A61B17/3207Atherectomy devices working by cutting or abrading; Similar devices specially adapted for non-vascular obstructions
    • A61B17/320708Curettes, e.g. hollow scraping instruments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/44Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
    • A61F2/441Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs made of inflatable pockets or chambers filled with fluid, e.g. with hydrogel
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/44Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
    • A61F2/442Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4603Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
    • A61F2/4611Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof of spinal prostheses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0469Suturing instruments for use in minimally invasive surgery, e.g. endoscopic surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0487Suture clamps, clips or locks, e.g. for replacing suture knots; Instruments for applying or removing suture clamps, clips or locks
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/34Trocars; Puncturing needles
    • A61B17/3468Trocars; Puncturing needles for implanting or removing devices, e.g. prostheses, implants, seeds, wires
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/56Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor
    • A61B17/58Surgical instruments or methods for treatment of bones or joints; Devices specially adapted therefor for osteosynthesis, e.g. bone plates, screws, setting implements or the like
    • A61B17/68Internal fixation devices, including fasteners and spinal fixators, even if a part thereof projects from the skin
    • A61B17/70Spinal positioners or stabilisers ; Bone stabilisers comprising fluid filler in an implant
    • A61B17/7094Solid vertebral fillers; devices for inserting such fillers
    • A61B17/7095Solid vertebral fillers; devices for inserting such fillers the filler comprising unlinked macroscopic particles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/00234Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for minimally invasive surgery
    • A61B2017/00238Type of minimally invasive operation
    • A61B2017/00261Discectomy
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00535Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated
    • A61B2017/00557Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets pneumatically or hydraulically operated inflatable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/0057Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
    • A61B2017/00637Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect for sealing trocar wounds through abdominal wall
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/0057Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
    • A61B2017/00646Type of implements
    • A61B2017/00654Type of implements entirely comprised between the two sides of the opening
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/0057Implements for plugging an opening in the wall of a hollow or tubular organ, e.g. for sealing a vessel puncture or closing a cardiac septal defect
    • A61B2017/00646Type of implements
    • A61B2017/00659Type of implements located only on one side of the opening
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00831Material properties
    • A61B2017/00867Material properties shape memory effect
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/044Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors with a threaded shaft, e.g. screws
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0401Suture anchors, buttons or pledgets, i.e. means for attaching sutures to bone, cartilage or soft tissue; Instruments for applying or removing suture anchors
    • A61B2017/0446Means for attaching and blocking the suture in the suture anchor
    • A61B2017/0458Longitudinal through hole, e.g. suture blocked by a distal suture knot
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B17/0487Suture clamps, clips or locks, e.g. for replacing suture knots; Instruments for applying or removing suture clamps, clips or locks
    • A61B2017/0488Instruments for applying suture clamps, clips or locks
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/04Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials
    • A61B2017/0496Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets for suturing wounds; Holders or packages for needles or suture materials for tensioning sutures
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/064Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue
    • A61B2017/0647Surgical staples, i.e. penetrating the tissue having one single leg, e.g. tacks
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/22Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2017/22072Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for with an instrument channel, e.g. for replacing one instrument by the other
    • A61B2017/22074Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for with an instrument channel, e.g. for replacing one instrument by the other the instrument being only slidable in a channel, e.g. advancing optical fibre through a channel
    • A61B2017/22077Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for with an instrument channel, e.g. for replacing one instrument by the other the instrument being only slidable in a channel, e.g. advancing optical fibre through a channel with a part piercing the tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/32Surgical cutting instruments
    • A61B2017/320044Blunt dissectors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/34Trocars; Puncturing needles
    • A61B17/3417Details of tips or shafts, e.g. grooves, expandable, bendable; Multiple coaxial sliding cannulas, e.g. for dilating
    • A61B17/3421Cannulas
    • A61B2017/3445Cannulas used as instrument channel for multiple instruments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B90/00Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
    • A61B90/06Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2090/061Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for for measuring dimensions, e.g. length
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B90/00Instruments, implements or accessories specially adapted for surgery or diagnosis and not covered by any of the groups A61B1/00 - A61B50/00, e.g. for luxation treatment or for protecting wound edges
    • A61B90/06Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2090/062Measuring instruments not otherwise provided for penetration depth
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/45For evaluating or diagnosing the musculoskeletal system or teeth
    • A61B5/4514Cartilage
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/28Bones
    • A61F2/2846Support means for bone substitute or for bone graft implants, e.g. membranes or plates for covering bone defects
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/30721Accessories
    • A61F2/30723Plugs or restrictors for sealing a cement-receiving space
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/30767Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
    • A61F2/30907Nets or sleeves applied to surface of prostheses or in cement
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4601Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for introducing bone substitute, for implanting bone graft implants or for compacting them in the bone cavity
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/28Bones
    • A61F2002/2817Bone stimulation by chemical reactions or by osteogenic or biological products for enhancing ossification, e.g. by bone morphogenetic or morphogenic proteins [BMP] or by transforming growth factors [TGF]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30003Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
    • A61F2002/3006Properties of materials and coating materials
    • A61F2002/30062(bio)absorbable, biodegradable, bioerodable, (bio)resorbable, resorptive
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30003Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
    • A61F2002/3006Properties of materials and coating materials
    • A61F2002/30075Properties of materials and coating materials swellable, e.g. when wetted
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30108Shapes
    • A61F2002/3011Cross-sections or two-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2002/30112Rounded shapes, e.g. with rounded corners
    • A61F2002/30131Rounded shapes, e.g. with rounded corners horseshoe- or crescent- or C-shaped or U-shaped
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30108Shapes
    • A61F2002/30199Three-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2002/30224Three-dimensional shapes cylindrical
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30108Shapes
    • A61F2002/30199Three-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2002/30224Three-dimensional shapes cylindrical
    • A61F2002/30228Cylinders of elliptical or oval basis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30108Shapes
    • A61F2002/30199Three-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2002/30291Three-dimensional shapes spirally-coiled, i.e. having a 2D spiral cross-section
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30316The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30329Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
    • A61F2002/30462Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements retained or tied with a rope, string, thread, wire or cable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30316The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30535Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30565Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for having spring elements
    • A61F2002/30571Leaf springs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30316The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30535Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30581Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for having a pocket filled with fluid, e.g. liquid
    • A61F2002/30583Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for having a pocket filled with fluid, e.g. liquid filled with hardenable fluid, e.g. curable in-situ
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30316The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30535Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
    • A61F2002/30589Sealing means
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2002/30001Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
    • A61F2002/30667Features concerning an interaction with the environment or a particular use of the prosthesis
    • A61F2002/30677Means for introducing or releasing pharmaceutical products, e.g. antibiotics, into the body
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/30767Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
    • A61F2/30771Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
    • A61F2002/30772Apertures or holes, e.g. of circular cross section
    • A61F2002/30777Oblong apertures
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/30767Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
    • A61F2/30771Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
    • A61F2002/30772Apertures or holes, e.g. of circular cross section
    • A61F2002/30784Plurality of holes
    • A61F2002/30785Plurality of holes parallel
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/44Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
    • A61F2/442Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
    • A61F2002/4435Support means or repair of the natural disc wall, i.e. annulus, e.g. using plates, membranes or meshes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/44Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
    • A61F2/442Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient
    • A61F2002/444Intervertebral or spinal discs, e.g. resilient for replacing the nucleus pulposus
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/44Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
    • A61F2002/448Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs comprising multiple adjacent spinal implants within the same intervertebral space or within the same vertebra, e.g. comprising two adjacent spinal implants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4603Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof
    • A61F2002/4625Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use
    • A61F2002/4627Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor for insertion or extraction of endoprosthetic joints or of accessories thereof with relative movement between parts of the instrument during use with linear motion along or rotating motion about the instrument axis or the implantation direction, e.g. telescopic, along a guiding rod, screwing inside the instrument
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2002/4635Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor using minimally invasive surgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • A61F2002/4658Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring dimensions, e.g. length
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • A61F2002/4658Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring dimensions, e.g. length
    • A61F2002/4661Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring dimensions, e.g. length for measuring thickness
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/02Prostheses implantable into the body
    • A61F2/30Joints
    • A61F2/46Special tools or methods for implanting or extracting artificial joints, accessories, bone grafts or substitutes, or particular adaptations therefor
    • A61F2/4657Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints
    • A61F2002/4662Measuring instruments used for implanting artificial joints for measuring penetration depth
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2210/00Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2210/0004Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof bioabsorbable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2210/00Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2210/0061Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof swellable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2210/00Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2210/0085Particular material properties of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof hardenable in situ, e.g. epoxy resins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2220/00Fixations or connections for prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2220/0025Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
    • A61F2220/0075Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements sutured, ligatured or stitched, retained or tied with a rope, string, thread, wire or cable
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2230/00Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2230/0002Two-dimensional shapes, e.g. cross-sections
    • A61F2230/0004Rounded shapes, e.g. with rounded corners
    • A61F2230/0013Horseshoe-shaped, e.g. crescent-shaped, C-shaped, U-shaped
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2230/00Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2230/0063Three-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2230/0069Three-dimensional shapes cylindrical
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2230/00Geometry of prostheses classified in groups A61F2/00 - A61F2/26 or A61F2/82 or A61F9/00 or A61F11/00 or subgroups thereof
    • A61F2230/0063Three-dimensional shapes
    • A61F2230/0091Three-dimensional shapes helically-coiled or spirally-coiled, i.e. having a 2-D spiral cross-section
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00005The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
    • A61F2310/00011Metals or alloys
    • A61F2310/00017Iron- or Fe-based alloys, e.g. stainless steel
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00005The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
    • A61F2310/00011Metals or alloys
    • A61F2310/00023Titanium or titanium-based alloys, e.g. Ti-Ni alloys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00005The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
    • A61F2310/00011Metals or alloys
    • A61F2310/00029Cobalt-based alloys, e.g. Co-Cr alloys or Vitallium
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00005The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
    • A61F2310/00179Ceramics or ceramic-like structures
    • A61F2310/00293Ceramics or ceramic-like structures containing a phosphorus-containing compound, e.g. apatite
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00005The prosthesis being constructed from a particular material
    • A61F2310/00365Proteins; Polypeptides; Degradation products thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00389The prosthesis being coated or covered with a particular material
    • A61F2310/0097Coating or prosthesis-covering structure made of pharmaceutical products, e.g. antibiotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2310/00Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00389The prosthesis being coated or covered with a particular material
    • A61F2310/00976Coating or prosthesis-covering structure made of proteins or of polypeptides, e.g. of bone morphogenic proteins BMP or of transforming growth factors TGF

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the surgical treatment of intervertebral discs in the lumbar, cervical, or thoracic spine that have suffered from tears in the anulus fibrosis, herniation of the nucleus pulposus and/or significant disc height loss.
  • the disc performs the important role of absorbing mechanical loads while allowing for constrained flexibility of the spine.
  • the disc is composed of a soft, central nucleus pulposus (NP) surrounded by a tough, woven anulus fibrosis (AF).
  • Herniation is a result of a weakening in the AF.
  • Symptomatic herniations occur when weakness in the AF allows the NP to bulge or leak posteriorly toward the spinal cord and major nerve roots.
  • the most common resulting symptoms are pain radiating along a compressed nerve and low back pain, both of which can be crippling for the patient.
  • the significance of this problem is increased by the low average age of diagnosis, with over 80% of patients in the U.S. being under 59.
  • a primary function of anulus augmentation devices is to prevent or minimize the extrusion of materials from within the space normally occupied by the nucleus pulposus and inner anulus fibrosus.
  • a primary function of nuclear augmentation devices is to at least temporarily add material to restore diminished disc height and pressure.
  • Nuclear augmentation devices can also induce the growth or formation of material within the nuclear space. Accordingly, the inventive combination of these devices can create a synergistic effect wherein the anulus and nuclear augmentation devices serve to restore biomechanical function in a more natural biomimetic way.
  • both devices may be delivered more easily and less invasively.
  • the pressurized environment made possible through the addition of nuclear augmentation material and closing of the anulus serves both to restrain the nuclear augmentation and anchor the anulus augmentation in place.
  • One or more of the embodiments of the present invention also provide non-permanent, minimally invasive and removable devices for closing a defect in an anulus and augmenting the nucleus.
  • One or more of the embodiments of the present invention additionally provide an anulus augmentation device that is adapted for use with flowable nuclear augmentation material such that the flowable material cannot escape from the anulus after the anulus augmentation device has been implanted.
  • a disc augmentation system configured to repair or rehabilitate an intervertebral disc.
  • the system comprises at least one anulus augmentation device, and at least one nuclear augmentation material.
  • the anulus augmentation device prevents or minimizes the extrusion of materials from within the space normally occupied by the nucleus pulposus and inner anulus fibrosus.
  • the anulus augmentation device is configured for minimally invasive implantation and deployment.
  • the anulus augmentation device may either be a permanent implant, or removable.
  • the nuclear augmentation material may restore diminished disc height and/or pressure. It may include factors for inducing the growth or formation of material within the nuclear space. It may either be permanent, removable, or absorbable.
  • the nuclear augmentation material may be in the form of liquids, gels, solids, or gases. It may include any/or combinations of steroids, antibiotics, tissue necrosis factors, tissue necrosis factor antagonists, analgesics, growth factors, genes, gene vectors, hyaluronic acid, noncross-linked collagen, collagen, fibren, liquid fat, oils, synthetic polymers, polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils, saline and hydrogel.
  • the hydrogel may be selected from the group consisting of acrylonitriles, acrylic acids, polyacrylimides, acrylimides, acrylimidines, polyacrylnitriles, and polyvinyl alcohols.
  • Solid form nuclear augmentation materials may be in the form of geometric shapes such as cubes, spheroids, disc-like components, ellipsoid, rhombohedral, cylindrical, or amorphous.
  • the solid material may be in powder form, and may be selected from the group consisting of titanium, stainless steel, nitinol, cobalt, chrome, resorbable materials, polyurethane, polyesther, PEEK, PET, FEP, PTFE, ePTFE, PMMA, nylon, carbon fiber, Delrin, polyvinyl alcohol gels, polyglycolic acid, polyethylene glycol, silicone gel, silicone rubber, vulcanized rubber, gas-filled vesicles, bone, hydroxy apetite, collagen such as cross-linked collagen, muscle tissue, fat, cellulose, keratin, cartilage, protein polymers, transplanted nucleus pulposus, bioengineered nucleus pulposus, transplanted anulus fibrosis, and bioengineered
  • the nuclear augmentation material may additionally comprise a biologically active compound.
  • the compound may be selected from the group consisting of drug carriers, genetic vectors, genes, therapeutic agents, growth renewal agents, growth inhibitory agents, analgesics, anti-infectious agents, and anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • a method of repairing or rehabilitating an intervertebral disk comprises the steps of inserting at least one anulus augmentation device into the disc, and inserting at least one nuclear augmentation material, to be held within the disc by the anulus augmentation device.
  • the nuclear augmentation material may conform to a first, healthy region of the anulus, while the anulus augmentation device conforms to a second, weaker region of the anulus.
  • a method of repairing a herniated disc is provided.
  • at least a portion of the herniated segment is displaced to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc and at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment is anchored to a site within the functional spine unit.
  • a first anchor is attached to at least a portion of the herniated segment of a disc
  • a second anchor is attached to a site within the functional spine unit
  • at least one connector is provided which joins the first and second anchors, and tension is applied between the first and second anchors along the connector to cause the herniated segment to move within the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • biocompatible material is inserted into the disc space to aid in restoring disc height.
  • the connector includes, but is not limited to one or more sutures, wires, rigid rods, broad bands, pins, woven tubes and webs.
  • a method of repairing a herniated disc that includes displacing at least a portion of the herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc and anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to a site within the functional spine unit is provided.
  • this method further includes attaching a first anchor to at least a portion of the herniated segment of a disc, attaching a second anchor to a site within the functional spine unit, providing at least one connector which joins the first and second anchors and applying tension between the first and second anchors along the connector means to cause the herniated segment to move within the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • biocompatible material is inserted into the disc space.
  • the material is added to aid in restoring disc height.
  • at least a portion of the biocompatible material is attached to the connector.
  • the step of anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to a site within the functional spine unit includes anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to the superior vertebral body, inferior vertebral body, anterior anulus fibrosus, anterior medial anulus fibrosus and/or anterior lateral anulus fibrosus.
  • FIG. 1A shows a transverse section of a portion of a functional spine unit, in which part of a vertebra and intervertebral disc are depicted.
  • FIG. 1B shows a sagittal cross section of a portion of a functional spine unit shown in FIG. 1A , in which two lumbar vertebrae and the intervertebral disc are visible.
  • FIG. 1C shows partial disruption of the inner layers of an anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 2A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the present invention prior to supporting a herniated segment.
  • FIG. 2B shows a transverse section of the construct in FIG. 2A supporting the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 3A shows a transverse section of another embodiment of the disclosed invention after placement of the device.
  • FIG. 3B shows a transverse section of the construct in FIG. 3A after tension is applied to support the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 4A shows a transverse view of an alternate embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 4B shows a sagittal view of the alternate embodiment shown in FIG. 4A .
  • FIG. 5A shows a transverse view of another aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5B shows the delivery tube of FIG. 5A being used to displace the herniated segment to within its pre-herniated borders.
  • FIG. 5C shows a one-piece embodiment of the invention in an anchored and supporting position.
  • FIG. 6 shows one embodiment of the invention supporting a weakened posterior anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 7A shows a transverse section of another aspect of the disclosed invention demonstrating two stages involved in augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc.
  • FIG. 7B shows a sagittal view of the invention shown in FIG. 7A .
  • FIG. 8 a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc and support/closure of the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 9A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc with the flexible augmentation material anchored to the anterior lateral anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 9B shows a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc with the flexible augmentation material anchored to the anulus fibrosis by a one-piece anchor.
  • FIG. 10A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc.
  • FIG. 10B shows the construct of FIG. 10A after the augmentation material has been inserted into the disc.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a transverse section of a barrier mounted within an anulus.
  • FIG. 12 shows a sagittal view of the barrier of FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 13 shows a transverse section of a barrier anchored within a disc.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the use of a second anchoring device for a barrier mounted within a disc.
  • FIG. 16A is an transverse view of the intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 16B is a sagittal section along the midline of the intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 17 is an axial view of the intervertebral disc with the right half of a sealing means of a barrier means being placed against the interior aspect of a defect in anulus fibrosis by a dissection/delivery tool.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a full sealing means placed on the interior aspect of a defect in anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 20 depicts the sealing means of FIG. 19 after fixation means have been passed into surrounding tissues.
  • FIG. 21A depicts an axial view of the sealing means of FIG. 20 having enlarging means inserted into the interior cavity.
  • FIG. 21B depicts the construct of FIG. 21 in a sagittal section.
  • FIG. 22A shows an alternative fixation scheme for the sealing means and enlarging means.
  • FIG. 22B shows the construct of FIG. 22A in a sagittal section with an anchor securing a fixation region of the enlarging means to a superior vertebral body in a location proximate to the defect.
  • FIG. 23A depicts an embodiment of the barrier means of the present invention being secured to an anulus using fixation means.
  • FIG. 23B depicts an embodiment of the barrier means of FIG. 23A secured to an anulus by two fixation darts wherein the fixation tool has been removed.
  • FIGS. 24A and 24B depict a barrier means positioned between layers of the anulus fibrosis on either side of a defect.
  • FIG. 25 depicts an axial cross section of a large version of a barrier means.
  • FIG. 26 depicts an axial cross section of a barrier means in position across a defect following insertion of two augmentation devices.
  • FIG. 28A depicts an axial section of an alternate configuration of the augmentation device of FIG. 27 .
  • FIGS. 29 A-D depict deployment of a barrier from an entry site remote from the defect in the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIGS. 30A, 30B , 31 A, 31 B, 32 A, 32 B, 33 A, and 33 B depict axial and sectional views, respectively, of various embodiments of the barrier.
  • FIG. 34A shows a non-axisymmetric expansion means or frame.
  • FIGS. 34B and 34C illustrate perspective views of a frame mounted within an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 35 and 36 illustrate alternate embodiments of the expansion means shown in FIG. 34 .
  • FIGS. 37 A-C illustrate a front, side, and perspective view, respectively, of an alternate embodiment of the expansion means shown in FIG. 34 .
  • FIG. 38 an alternate expansion means to that shown in FIG. 37A .
  • FIGS. 39 A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having a circular cross-section.
  • FIGS. 40 A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having an oval shaped cross-section.
  • FIGS. 40E, 40F and 40 I illustrate a front, back and top view, respectively of the tubular expansion means of FIG. 40A having a sealing means covering an exterior surface of an anulus face.
  • FIGS. 40G and 40H show the tubular expansion means of FIG. 40A having a sealing means covering an interior surface of an anulus face.
  • FIGS. 41 A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having an egg-shaped cross-section.
  • FIG. 42A -D depicts cross sections of a preferred embodiment of sealing and enlarging means.
  • FIG. 43A and 43B depict an alternative configuration of enlarging means.
  • FIG. 44A and 44B depict an alternative shape of the barrier means.
  • FIG. 45 is a section of a device used to affix sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 46 depicts the use of a thermal device to heat and adhere sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 47 depicts an expandable thermal element that can be used to adhere sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 48 depicts an alternative embodiment to the thermal device of FIG. 46 .
  • FIGS. 49 A-G illustrate a method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 50 A-F show an alternate method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 51 A-C show another alternate method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 52A and 52B illustrate an implant guide used with the intradiscal implant system.
  • FIG. 53A illustrates a barrier having stiffening plate elements.
  • FIG. 53B illustrates a sectional view of the barrier of FIG. 53A .
  • FIG. 54A shows a stiffening plate
  • FIG. 54B shows a sectional view of the stiffening plate of FIG. 54A .
  • FIG. 55A illustrates a barrier having stiffening rod elements.
  • FIG. 55B illustrates a sectional view of the barrier of FIG. 55A .
  • FIG. 56A illustrates a stiffening rod
  • FIG. 56B illustrates a sectional view of the stiffening rod of FIG. 56A .
  • FIG. 57 shows an alternate configuration for the location of the fixation devices of the barrier of FIG. 44A .
  • FIGS. 58A and 58B illustrate a dissection device for an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B illustrate an alternate dissection device for an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 60 A-C illustrate a dissector component
  • FIGS. 61 A-D illustrate a method of inserting a disc implant within an intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 62 depicts a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along the inner surface of a lamella. Implanted conformable nuclear augmentation is also shown in contact with the barrier.
  • FIG. 63 shows a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along an inner surface of a lamella. Implanted nuclear augmentation comprised of a hydrophilic flexible solid is also shown.
  • FIG. 64 shows a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along an inner surface of a lamella.
  • implanted nuclear augmentation including a solid geometric shape, a composite solid, and a free flowing liquid are also shown.
  • FIG. 65 illustrates a sagittal cross-sectional view of a barrier device connected to an inflatable nuclear augmentation device.
  • FIG. 66 depicts a sagittal cross-sectional view of a functional spine unit containing a barrier device unit connected to a wedge shaped nuclear augmentation device.
  • a functional spine unit includes the bony structures of two adjacent vertebrae (or vertebral bodies), the soft tissue (anulus fibrosis (AF), and optionally nucleus pulposus (NP)) of the intervertebral disc, and the ligaments, musculature and connective tissue connected to the vertebrae.
  • the intervertebral disc is substantially situated in the intervertebral space formed between the adjacent vertebrae.
  • Augmentation of the functional spine unit can include repair of a herniated disc segment, support of a weakened, torn or damaged anulus fibrosis, or the addition of material to or replacement of all or part of the nucleus pulposus.
  • Augmentation of the functional spine unit is provided by herniation constraining devices and disc augmentation devices situated in the intervertebral disc space.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B show the general anatomy of a functional spine unit 45 .
  • the terms ‘anterior’ and ‘posterior’, ‘superior’ and ‘inferior’ are defined by their standard usage in anatomy, i.e., anterior is a direction toward the front (ventral) side of the body or organ, posterior is a direction toward the back (dorsal) side of the body or organ; superior is upward (toward the head) and inferior is lower (toward the feet).
  • FIG. 1A is an axial view along the transverse axis M of a vertebral body with the intervertebral disc 15 superior to the vertebral body.
  • Axis M shows the anterior (A) and posterior (P) orientation of the functional spine unit within the anatomy.
  • the intervertebral disc 15 contains the anulus fibrosis (AF) 10 which surrounds a central nucleus pulposus (NP) 20 .
  • AF anulus fibrosis
  • NP central nucleus pulposus
  • a Herniated segment 30 is depicted by a dashed-line. The herniated segment 30 protrudes beyond the pre-herniated posterior border 40 of the disc.
  • Also shown in this figure are the left 70 and right 70 ′ transverse spinous processes and the posterior spinous process 80 .
  • FIG. 1B is a sagittal section along sagittal axis N through the midline of two adjacent vertebral bodies 50 (superior) and 50 ′ (inferior).
  • Intervertebral disc space 55 is formed between the two vertebral bodies and contains intervertebral disc 15 , which supports and cushions the vertebral bodies and permits movement of the two vertebral bodies with respect to each other and other adjacent functional spine units.
  • Intervertebral disc 15 is comprised of the outer AF 10 which normally surrounds and constrains the NP 20 to be wholly within the borders of the intervertebral disc space.
  • herniated segment 30 represented by the dashed-line, has migrated posterior to the pre-herniated border 40 of the posterior AF of the disc.
  • Axis M extends between the anterior (A) and posterior (P) of the functional spine unit.
  • the vertebral bodies also include facet joints 60 and the superior 90 and inferior 90 ′ pedicle that form the neural foramen 100 .
  • Disc height loss occurs when the superior vertebral body 50 moves inferiorly relative to the inferior vertebral body 50 ′.
  • Partial disruption 121 of the inner layers of the anulus 10 without a true perforation has also been linked to chronic low back pain. Such a disruption 4 is illustrated in FIG. 1C . It is thought that weakness of these inner layers forces the sensitive outer anulus lamellae to endure higher stresses. This increased stress stimulates the small nerve fibers penetrating the outer anulus, which results in both localized and referred pain.
  • the disc herniation constraining devices 13 provide support for returning all or part of the herniated segment 30 to a position substantially within its pre-herniated borders 40 .
  • the disc herniation constraining device includes an anchor which is positioned at a site within the functional spine unit, such as the superior or inferior vertebral body, or the anterior medial, or anterior lateral anulus fibrosis.
  • the anchor is used as a point against which all or part of the herniated segment is tensioned so as to return the herniated segment to its pre-herniated borders, and thereby relieve pressure on otherwise compressed neural tissue and structures.
  • a support member is positioned in or posterior to the herniated segment, and is connected to the anchor by a connecting member.
  • augmentation material is secured within the intervertebral disc space, which assists the NP in cushioning and supporting the inferior and superior vertebral bodies.
  • An anchor secured in a portion of the functional spine unit and attached to the connection member and augmentation material limits movement of the augmentation material within the intervertebral disc space.
  • a supporting member, located opposite the anchor, may optionally provide a second point of attachment for the connection member and further hinder the movement of the augmentation material within the intervertebral disc space.
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B depict one embodiment of device 13 .
  • FIG. 2A shows the elements of the constraining device in position to correct the herniated segment.
  • Anchor 1 is securely established in a location within the functional spine unit, such as the anterior AF shown in the figure.
  • Support member 2 is positioned in or posterior to herniated segment 30 .
  • connection member 3 Leading from and connected to anchor 1 is connection member 3 , which serves to connect anchor 1 to support member 2 .
  • the connection member may traverse through all or part of the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 2B shows the positions of the various elements of the herniation constraining device 13 when the device 13 is supporting the herniated segment.
  • Tightening connection member 2 allows it to transmit tensile forces along its length, which causes herniated segment 30 to move anteriorly, i.e., in the direction of its pre-herniated borders.
  • connection member 3 is secured in a permanent fashion between anchor 1 and support member 2 . This maintains tension between anchor 1 and support member 2 and restricts motion of the herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc.
  • Support member 2 is used to anchor to herniated segment 30 , support a weakened AF in which no visual evidence of herniation is apparent, and may also be used to close a defect in the AF in the vicinity of herniated segment 30 .
  • Anchor 1 is depicted in a representative form, as it can take one of many suitable shapes, be made from one of a variety of biocompatible materials, and be constructed so as to fall within a range of stiffness. It can be a permanent device constructed of durable plastic or metal or can be made from a resorbable material such as polylactic acid (PLA) or polyglycolic acid (PGA). Specific embodiments are not shown, but many possible designs would be obvious to anyone skilled in the art. Embodiments include, but are not limited to, a barbed anchor made of PLA or a metal coil that can be screwed into the anterior AF.
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • PGA polyglycolic acid
  • Anchor 1 can be securely established within a portion of the functional spine unit in the usual and customary manner for such devices and locations, such as being screwed into bone, sutured into tissue or bone, or affixed to tissue or bone using an adhesive method, such as cement, or other suitable surgical adhesives. Once established within the bone or tissue, anchor I should remain relatively stationary within the bone or tissue.
  • Support member 2 is also depicted in a representative format and shares the same flexibility in material and design as anchor 1 . Both device elements can be of the same design, or they can be of different designs, each better suited to being established in healthy and diseased tissue respectively. Alternatively, in other forms, support member 2 can be a cap or a bead shape, which also serves to secure a tear or puncture in the AF, or it can be bar or plate shaped, with or without barbs to maintain secure contact with the herniated segment. Support member 2 can be established securely to, within, or posterior to the herniated segment.
  • the anchor and support member can include suture, bone anchors, soft tissue anchors, tissue adhesives, and materials that support tissue ingrowth although other forms and materials are possible. They may be permanent devices or resorbable. Their attachment to a portion of FSU and herniated segment must be strong enough to resist the tensional forces that result from repair of the hernia and the loads generated during daily activities.
  • Connection member 3 is also depicted in representative fashion.
  • Member 3 may be in the format of a flexible filament, such as a single or multi-strand suture, wire, or perhaps a rigid rod or broad band of material, for example.
  • the connection member can further include suture, wire, pins, and woven tubes or webs of material. It can be constructed from a variety of materials, either permanent or resorbable, and can be of any shape suitable to fit within the confines of the intervertebral disc space.
  • the material chosen is preferably adapted to be relatively stiff while in tension, and relatively flexible against all other loads. This allows for maximal mobility of the herniated segment relative to the anchor without the risk of the supported segment moving outside of the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • connection member may be an integral component of either the anchor or support member or a separate component.
  • connection member and support member could be a length of non-resorbing suture that is coupled to an anchor, tensioned against the anchor, and sewn to the herniated segment.
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B depict another embodiment of device 13 .
  • Anchor 1 is positioned in the AF and connection member 3 is attached to anchor 1 .
  • Support member 4 is positioned posterior to the posterior-most aspect of herniated segment 30 . In this way, support member 4 does not need to be secured in herniated segment 30 to cause herniated segment 30 to move within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc.
  • Support member 4 has the same flexibility in design and material as anchor 1 , and may further take the form of a flexible patch or rigid plate or bar of material that is either affixed to the posterior aspect of herniated segment 30 or is simply in a form that is larger than any hole in the AF directly anterior to support member 4 .
  • FIG. 3B shows the positions of the elements of the device when tension is applied between anchor 1 and support member 4 along connection member 3 .
  • the herniated segment is displaced anteriorly, within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B show five examples of suitable anchoring sites within the FSU for anchor 1 .
  • FIG. 4A shows an axial view of anchor 1 in various positions within the anterior and lateral AF.
  • FIG. 4B similarly shows a sagittal view of the various acceptable anchoring sites for anchor 1 .
  • Anchor 1 is secured in the superior vertebral body 50 , inferior vertebral body 50 ′ or anterior AF 10 , although any site that can withstand the tension between anchor 1 and support member 2 along connection member 3 to support a herniated segment within its pre-herniated borders 40 is acceptable.
  • a suitable position for affixing one or more anchors is a location anterior to the herniated segment such that, when tension is applied along connection member 3 , herniated segment 30 is returned to a site within the pre-herniated borders 40 .
  • the site chosen for the anchor should be able to withstand the tensile forces applied to the anchor when the connection member is brought under tension. Because most symptomatic herniations occur in the posterior or posterior lateral directions, the preferable site for anchor placement is anterior to the site of the herniation. Any portion of the involved FSU is generally acceptable, however the anterior, anterior medial, or anterior lateral AF is preferable.
  • anchor 1 can be a single anchor in any of the shown locations, or there can be multiple anchors 1 affixed in various locations and connected to a support member 2 to support the herniated segment.
  • Connection member 3 can be one continuous length that is threaded through the sited anchors and the support member, or it can be several individual strands of material each terminated under tension between one or more anchors and one or more support members.
  • the anchor(s) and connection member(s) may be introduced and implanted in the patient, with the connection member under tension.
  • those elements may be installed, without introducing tension to the connection member, but where the connection member is adapted to be under tension when the patient is in a non-horizontal position, i.e., resulting from loading in the intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 5 A-C show an alternate embodiment of herniation constraining device 13 A.
  • device 13 A a substantially one-piece construct, is delivered through a delivery tube 6 , although device 13 A could be delivered in a variety of ways including, but not limited to, by hand or by a hand held grasping instrument.
  • device 13 A in delivery tube 6 is positioned against herniated segment 30 .
  • the herniated segment is displaced within its pre-herniated borders 40 by device 13 A and/or delivery tube 6 such that when, in FIG.
  • device 13 A has been delivered through delivery tube 6 , and secured within a portion of the FSU, the device supports the displaced herniated segment within its pre-herniated border 40 .
  • Herniation constraining device 13 A can be made of a variety of materials and have one of many possible forms so long as it allows support of the herniated segment 30 within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc.
  • Device 13 A can anchor the herniated segment 30 to any suitable anchoring site within the FSU, including, but not limited to the superior vertebral body, inferior vertebral body, or anterior AF.
  • Device 13 A may be used additionally to close a defect in the AF of herniated segment 30 . Alternatively, any such defect may be left open or may be closed using another means.
  • FIGS. 6 depicts the substantially one-piece device 13 A supporting a weakened segment 30 ′ of the posterior AF 10 ′.
  • Device 13 A is positioned in or posterior to the weakened segment 30 ′ and secured to a portion of the FSU, such as the superior vertebral body 50 , shown in the figure, or the inferior vertebral body 50 ′ or anterior or anterior-lateral anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • a portion of the FSU such as the superior vertebral body 50 , shown in the figure, or the inferior vertebral body 50 ′ or anterior or anterior-lateral anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • a weakened or torn AF that may not be protruding beyond the pre-herniated borders of the disc may still induce the surgeon to remove all or part of the NP in order to decrease the risk of herniation.
  • any of the embodiments of the invention may be used to support and perhaps close defects in weakened segments of AF.
  • FIGS. 7A and 7B show one embodiment of device 13 securing augmentation material in the intervertebral disc space 55 .
  • anchors 1 have been established in the anterior AF 10 .
  • Augmentation material 7 is in the process of being inserted into the disc space along connection member 3 which, in this embodiment, has passageway 9 .
  • Support member 2 ′ is shown ready to be attached to connection member 3 once the augmentation material 7 is properly situated.
  • connection member 3 passes through an aperture 11 in support member 2 ′, although many other methods of affixing support member 2 ′ to connection member 3 are possible and within the scope of this invention.
  • Augmentation material 7 may have a passageway 9 , such as a channel, slit or the like, which allows it to slide along the connection member 3 , or augmentation material 7 may be solid, and connection member 3 can be threaded through augmentation material by means such as needle or other puncturing device.
  • Connection member 3 is affixed at one end to anchor 1 and terminated at its other end by a support member 2 ′, one embodiment of which is shown in the figure in a cap-like configuration.
  • Support member 2 ′ can be affixed to connection member 3 in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to, swaging support member 2 ′ to connection member 3 .
  • support member 2 ′ is in a cap configuration and has a dimension (diameter or length and width) larger than the optional passageway 9 , which serves to prevent augmentation material 7 from displacing posteriorly with respect to anchor 1 .
  • the right half of the intervertebral disc of FIG. 7A (axial view) and FIG. 7B (sagittal view) show augmentation material 7 that has been implanted into the disc space 55 along connection member 3 where it supports the vertebral bodies 50 and 50 ′.
  • FIG. 7A shows an embodiment in which support member 2 ′ is affixed to connection member 3 and serves only to prevent augmentation material 7 from moving off connection member 3 .
  • the augmentation device is free to move within the disc space.
  • FIG. 7B shows an alternate embodiment in which support member 2 ′ is embedded in a site in the functional spine unit, such as a herniated segment or posterior anulus fibrosis, to further restrict the movement of augmentation material 7 or spacer material within the disc space.
  • Augmentation or spacer material can be made of any biocompatible, preferably flexible, material.
  • a flexible material is preferably fibrous, like cellulose or bovine or autologous collagen.
  • the augmentation material can be plug or disc shaped. It can further be cube-like, ellipsoid, spheroid or any other suitable shape.
  • the augmentation material can be secured within the intervertebral space by a variety of methods, such as but not limited to, a suture loop attached to, around, or through the material, which is then passed to the anchor and support member.
  • FIGS. 8, 9A , 9 B and 10 A and 10 B depict further embodiments of the disc herniation constraining device 13 B in use for augmenting soft tissue, particularly tissue within the intervertebral space.
  • device 13 B is secured within the intervertebral disc space providing additional support for NP 20 .
  • Anchor 1 is securely affixed in a portion of the FSU, (anterior AF 10 in these figures).
  • Connection member 3 terminates at support member 2 , preventing augmentation material 7 from migrating generally posteriorly with respect to anchor 1 .
  • Support member 2 is depicted in these figures as established in various locations, such as the posterior AF 10 ′ in FIG.
  • support member 2 may be anchored in any suitable location within the FSU, as described previously.
  • Support member 2 may be used to close a defect in the posterior AF. It may also be used to displace a herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc by applying tension between anchoring means 1 and 2 along connection member 3 .
  • FIG. 9A depicts anchor 1 , connection member 3 , spacer material 7 and support member 2 ′ (shown in the “cap”-type configuration) inserted as a single construct and anchored to a site within the disc space, such as the inferior or superior vertebral bodies.
  • This configuration simplifies insertion of the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 7 and 8 by reducing the number of steps to achieve implantation.
  • Connection member 3 is preferably relatively stiff in tension, but flexible against all other loads.
  • Support member 2 ′ is depicted as a bar element that is larger than passageway 9 in at least one plane.
  • FIG. 9B depicts a variation on the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9A .
  • FIG. 9B shows substantially one-piece disc augmentation device 13 C, secured in the intervertebral disc space.
  • Device 13 C has anchor 1 , connection member 3 and augmentation material 7 .
  • Augmentation material 7 and anchor 1 could be pre-assembled prior to insertion into the disc space 55 as a single construct.
  • augmentation material 7 could be inserted first into the disc space and then anchored to a portion of the FSU by anchor 1 .
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show yet another embodiment of the disclosed invention, 13 D.
  • two connection members 3 and 3 ′ are attached to anchor 1 .
  • Two plugs of augmentation material 7 and 7 ′ are inserted into the disc space along connection members 3 and 3 ′.
  • Connection members 3 and 3 ′ are then bound together (e.g., knotted together, fused, or the like). This forms loop 3 ′′ that serves to prevent augmentation materials 7 and 7 ′ from displacing posteriorly.
  • FIG. 10B shows the position of the augmentation material 7 after it is secured by the loop 3 ′′ and anchor 1 .
  • augmentation material such as using a single plug of augmentation material, or two connection members leading from anchor 1 with each of the connection members being bound to at least one other connection member. It could further be accomplished with more than one anchor with at least one connection member leading from each anchor, and each of the connection members being bound to at least one other connection member.
  • any of the devices described herein can be used for closing defects in the AF whether created surgically or during the herniation event. Such methods may also involve the addition of biocompatible material to either the AF or NP. This material could include sequestered or extruded segments of the NP found outside the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • FIGS. 11-15 illustrate devices used in and methods for closing a defect in an anulus fibrosis.
  • One method involves the insertion of a barrier or barrier means 12 into the disc 15 . This procedure can accompany surgical discectomy. It can also be done without the removal of any portion of the disc 15 and further in combination with the insertion of an augmentation material or device into the disc 15 .
  • the method consists of inserting the barrier 12 into the interior of the disc 15 and positioning it proximate to the interior aspect of the anulus defect 16 .
  • the barrier material is preferably considerably larger in area than the size of the defect 16 , such that at least some portion of the barrier means 12 abuts healthier anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • the device acts to seal the anulus defect 16 , recreating the closed isobaric environment of a healthy disc nucleus 20 . This closure can be achieved simply by an over-sizing of the implant relative to the defect 16 . It can also be achieved by affixing the barrier means 12 to tissues within the functional spinal unit.
  • the barrier 12 is affixed to the anulus surrounding the anulus defect 16 .
  • the barrier means 12 can also be larger in area than the defect 16 and be affixed to a tissue or structure opposite the defect 16 , i.e. anterior tissue in the case of a posterior defect.
  • the barrier means 12 is preferably flexible in nature. It can be constructed of a woven material such as DacronTM or NylonTM, a synthetic polyamide or polyester, a polyethylene, and can further be an expanded material, such as expanded polytetrafluroethylene (e-PTFE), for example.
  • the barrier means 12 can also be a biologic material such as cross-linked collagen or cellulous.
  • the barrier means 12 can be a single piece of material. It can have an expandable means or component that allows it to be expanded from a compressed state after insertion into the interior of the disc 15 .
  • This expandable means can be active, such as a balloon, or passive, such as a hydrophilic material.
  • the expandable means can also be a self-expanding elastically deforming material, for example.
  • FIGS. 11 and 12 illustrate a barrier 12 mounted within an anulus 10 and covering an anulus defect 16 .
  • the barrier 12 can be secured to the anulus 10 with a fixation mechanism or fixation means 14 .
  • the fixation means 14 can include a plurality of suture loops placed through the barrier 12 and the anulus 10 . Such fixation can prevent motion or slipping of the barrier 12 away from the anulus defect 16 .
  • the barrier means 12 can also be anchored to the disc 15 in multiple locations.
  • the barrier means 12 can be affixed to the anulus tissue 10 in or surrounding the defect and further affixed to a secondary fixation site opposite the defect, e.g. the anterior anulus 10 in a posterior herniation, or the inferior 50 ′ or superior 50 vertebral body.
  • fixation means 14 can be used to attach the barrier 12 to the anulus 10 near the defect 16
  • an anchoring mechanism 18 can secure the barrier 12 to a secondary fixation site.
  • a connector 22 can attach the barrier 12 to the anchor 18 .
  • Tension can be applied between the primary and secondary fixation sites through a connector 22 so as to move the anulus defect 16 toward the secondary fixation site. This may be particularly beneficial in closing defects 16 that result in posterior herniations. By using this technique, the herniation can be moved and supported away from any posterior neural structures while further closing any defect in the anulus 10 .
  • the barrier means 12 can further be integral to a fixation means such that the barrier means affixes itself to tissues within the functional spinal unit.
  • any of the methods described above can be augmented by the use of a second barrier or a second barrier means 24 placed proximate to the outer aspect of the defect 16 as shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the second barrier 24 can further be affixed to the inner barrier means 12 by the use of a fixation means 14 such as suture material.
  • FIGS. 16A and 16B depict intervertebral disc 15 comprising nucleus pulposus 20 and anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • Nucleus pulposus 20 forms a first anatomic region and extra-discal space 500 (any space exterior to the disc) forms a second anatomic region wherein these regions are separated by anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • FIG. 16A is an axial (transverse) view of the intervertebral disc.
  • a posterior lateral defect 16 in anulus fibrosis 10 has allowed a segment 30 of nucleus pulposus 20 to herniate into an extra discal space 500 .
  • Interior aspect 32 and exterior aspect 34 are shown, as are the right 70 ′ and left 70 transverse processes and posterior process 80 .
  • FIG. 16B is a sagittal section along the midline intervertebral disc.
  • Superior pedicle 90 and inferior pedicle 90 ′ extend posteriorly from superior vertebral body 95 and inferior vertebral body 95 ′ respectively.
  • a barrier or barrier means 12 can be placed into a space between the anulus 10 and the nucleus 20 proximate to the inner aspect 32 of defect 16 , as depicted in FIGS. 17 and 18 .
  • the space can be created by blunt dissection. Dissection can be achieved with a separate dissection instrument, with the barrier means 12 itself, or a combined dissection/barrier delivery tool 100 .
  • This space is preferably no larger than the barrier means such that the barrier means 12 can be in contact with both anulus 10 and nucleus 20 . This allows the barrier means 12 to transfer load from the nucleus 20 to the anulus 10 when the disc is pressurized during activity.
  • the barrier means 12 preferably spans the defect 16 and extends along the interior aspect 36 of the anulus 10 until it contacts healthy tissues on all sides of the defect 16 , or on a sufficient extent of adjacent healthy tissue to provide adequate support under load.
  • Healthy tissue may be non-diseased tissue and/or load bearing tissue, which may be micro-perforated or non-perforated.
  • the contacted tissues can include the anulus 10 , cartilage overlying the vertebral endplates, and/or the endplates themselves.
  • the barrier means 12 comprises two components—a sealing means or sealing component 51 and an enlarging means or enlarging component 53 , shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B .
  • the sealing means 51 forms the periphery of the barrier 12 and has an interior cavity 17 . There is at least one opening 8 leading into cavity 17 from the exterior of the sealing means 51 .
  • Sealing means 51 is preferably compressible or collapsible to a dimension that can readily be inserted into the disc 15 through a relatively small hole. This hole can be the defect 16 itself or a site remote from the defect 16 .
  • the sealing means 51 is constructed from a material and is formed in such a manner as to resist the passage of fluids and other materials around sealing means 51 and through the defect 16 .
  • the sealing means 51 can be constructed from one or any number of a variety of materials including, but not limited to PTFE, e-PTFE, NylonTM, MarlexTM, high-density polyethylene, and/or collagen.
  • the thickness of the sealing component has been found to be optimal between about 0.001 inches (0.127 mm) and 0.063 inches (1.6 mm).
  • the enlarging means 53 can be sized to fit within cavity 17 of sealing means 51 . It is preferably a single object of a dimension that can be inserted through the same defect 16 through which the sealing means 51 was passed.
  • the enlarging means 53 can expand the sealing means 51 to an expanded state as it is passed into cavity 17 .
  • One purpose of enlarging means 53 is to expand sealing means 51 to a size greater than that of the defect 16 such that the assembled barrier 12 prevents passage of material through the defect 16 .
  • the enlarger 53 can further impart stiffness to the barrier 12 such that the barrier 12 resists the pressures within nucleus pulposus 20 and expulsion through the defect 16 .
  • the enlarging means 53 can be constructed from one or any number of materials including, but not limited to, silicon rubber, various plastics, stainless steel, nickel titanium alloys, or other metals. These materials may form a solid object, a hollow object, coiled springs or other suitable forms capable of filling cavity 17 within sealing means 51 .
  • the sealing means 51 , enlarging means 53 , or the barrier means 12 constructs can further be affixed to tissues either surrounding the defect 16 or remote from the defect 16 .
  • no aspect of a fixation means or fixation device or the barrier means 12 nor its components extend posterior to the disc 15 or into the extradiscal region 500 , avoiding the risk of contacting and irritating the sensitive nerve tissues posterior to the disc 15 .
  • the sealing means 51 is inserted into the disc 15 proximate the interior aspect 36 of the defect.
  • the sealing means 51 is then affixed to the tissues surrounding the defect using a suitable fixation means, such as suture or a soft-tissue anchor.
  • the fixation procedure is preferably performed from the interior of the sealing means cavity 17 as depicted in FIGS. 19 and 20 .
  • a fixation delivery instrument 110 is delivered into cavity 17 through opening 8 in the sealing means 51 .
  • Fixation devices 14 can then be deployed through a wall of the sealing means 53 into surrounding tissues. Once the fixation means 14 have been passed into surrounding tissue, the fixation delivery instrument 110 can be removed from the disc 15 . This method eliminates the need for a separate entryway into the disc 15 for delivery of fixation means 14 .
  • One or more fixation means 14 can be delivered into one or any number of surrounding tissues including the superior 95 and inferior 95 ′ vertebral bodies.
  • the enlarging means 53 can be inserted into cavity 17 of the sealing means 51 to further expand the barrier means 12 construct as well as increase its stiffness, as depicted in FIGS. 21A and 21B .
  • the opening 8 into the sealing means 51 can then be closed by a suture or other means, although this is not a requirement of the present invention. In certain cases, insertion of a separate enlarging means may not be necessary if adequate fixation of the sealing means 51 is achieved.
  • the enlarging means 53 can have an integral fixation region 4 that facilitates securing it to tissues as depicted in FIGS. 22A, 22B , 32 A and 43 B.
  • This fixation region 4 can extend exterior to sealing means 51 either through opening 8 or through a separate opening.
  • Fixation region 4 can have a hole through which a fixation means or fixation device 14 can be passed.
  • the barrier 12 is affixed to at least one of the surrounding vertebral bodies ( 95 and 95 ′) proximate to the defect using a bone anchor 14 ′.
  • the bone anchor 14 ′ can be deployed into the vertebral bodies 50 , 50 ′ at some angle between 0E and 180E relative to a bone anchor deployment tool. As shown the bone anchor 14 ′ is mounted at 90E relative to the bone anchor deployment tool.
  • the enlarging means 53 itself can have an integral fixation device 14 located at a site or sites along its length.
  • fixation means 14 can be darts 15 and are first passed partially into anulus 10 within a fixation device 120 , such as a hollow needle.
  • fixation means 25 can be advanced into the barrier means 12 and fixation device 120 removed.
  • Fixation means 25 preferably have two ends, each with a means to prevent movement of that end of the fixation device. Using this method, the fixation means can be lodged in both the barrier 12 and anulus fibrosis 10 without any aspect of fixation means 25 exterior to the disc in the extradiscal region 500 .
  • the barrier (or “patch”) 12 can be placed between two neighboring layers 33 , 37 (lamellae) of the anulus 10 on either or both sides of the defect 16 as depicted in FIGS. 24A and 24B .
  • FIG. 24A shows an axial view while 24 B shows a sagittal cross section. Such positioning spans the defect 16 .
  • the barrier means 12 can be secured using the methods outlined.
  • a dissecting tool can be used to form an opening extending circumferentially 31 within the anulus fibrosis such that the barrier can be inserted into the opening.
  • the barrier itself can have a dissecting edge such that it can be driven at least partially into the sidewalls of defect 16 , annulotomy 416 , access hole 417 or opening in the anulus. This process can make use of the naturally layered structure in the anulus in which adjacent layers 33 , 37 are defined by a circumferentially extending boundary 35 between the layers.
  • barrier 12 is a patch having a length, oriented along the circumference of the disc, which is substantially greater than its height, which is oriented along the distance separating the surrounding vertebral bodies.
  • a barrier 12 having a length greater than its height is illustrated in FIG. 25 .
  • the barrier 12 can be positioned across the defect 16 as well as the entirety of the posterior aspect of the anulus fibrosis 10 . Such dimensions of the barrier 12 can help to prevent the barrier 12 from slipping after insertion and can aid in distributing the pressure of the nucleus 20 evenly along the posterior aspect of the anulus 10 .
  • the barrier 12 can be used in conjunction with an augmentation device 11 inserted within the anulus 10 .
  • the augmentation device 11 can include separate augmentation devices 42 as shown in FIG. 26 .
  • the augmentation device 11 can also be a single augmentation device 44 and can form part of the barrier 12 as barrier region 300 , coiled within the anulus fibrosis 10 , as shown in FIG. 27 .
  • Either the barrier 12 or barrier region 300 can be secured to the tissues surrounding the defect 16 by fixation devices or darts 25 , or be left unconstrained.
  • the barrier or patch 12 may be used as part of a method to augment the intervertebral disc.
  • augmentation material or devices are inserted into the disc through a defect (either naturally occurring or surgically generated). Many suitable augmentation materials and devices are discussed above and in the prior art.
  • the barrier means is then inserted to aid in closing the defect and/or to aid in transferring load from the augmentation materials/devices to healthy tissues surrounding the defect.
  • the barrier means is an integral component to an augmentation device.
  • the augmentation portion may comprise a length of elastic material that can be inserted linearly through a defect in the anulus.
  • a region 300 of the length forms the barrier means of the present invention and can be positioned proximate to the interior aspect of the defect once the nuclear space is adequately filled. Barrier region 300 may then be affixed to surrounding tissues such as the AF and/or the neighboring vertebral bodies using any of the methods and devices described above.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B illustrate axial and sagittal sections, respectively, of an alternate configuration of an augmentation device 38 .
  • barrier region 300 extends across the defect 16 and has fixation region 4 facilitating fixation of the device 13 to superior vertebral body 50 with anchor 14 ′.
  • FIGS. 29 A-D illustrate the deployment of a barrier 12 from an entry site 800 remote from the defect in the anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • FIG. 29A shows insertion instrument 130 with a distal end positioned within the disc space occupied by nucleus pulposus 20 .
  • FIG. 29B depicts delivery catheter 140 exiting the distal end of insertion instrument 130 with barrier 12 on its distal end. Barrier 12 is positioned across the interior aspect of the defect 16 .
  • FIG. 29C depicts the use of an expandable barrier 12 ′ wherein delivery catheter 140 is used to expand the barrier 12 ′ with balloon 150 on its distal end. Balloon 150 may exploit heat to further adhere barrier 12 ′ to surrounding tissue.
  • FIG. 29D depicts removal of balloon 150 and delivery catheter 140 from the disc space leaving expanded barrier means 12 ′ positioned across defect 16 .
  • the barrier means 12 includes a sealing means 51 comprised of a thermally adherent material that adheres to surrounding tissues upon the application of heat.
  • the thermally adherent material can include thermoplastic, collagen, or a similar material.
  • the sealing means 51 can further comprise a separate structural material that adds strength to the thermally adherent material, such as a woven NylonTM or MarlexTM.
  • This thermally adherent sealing means preferably has an interior cavity 17 and at least one opening 8 leading from the exterior of the barrier means into cavity 17 .
  • a thermal device can be attached to the insertion instrument shown in FIGS. 29C and 29D .
  • the insertion instrument 130 having a thermal device can be inserted into cavity 17 and used to heat sealing means 51 and surrounding tissues.
  • This device can be a simple thermal element, such as a resistive heating coil, rod or wire. It can further be a number of electrodes capable of heating the barrier means and surrounding tissue through the application of radio frequency (RF) energy.
  • the thermal device can further be a balloon 150 , 150 ′, as shown in FIG. 47 , capable of both heating and expanding the barrier means. Balloon 150 , 150 ′ can either be inflated with a heated fluid or have electrodes located about its surface to heat the barrier means with RF energy. Balloon 150 , 150 ′ is deflated and removed after heating the sealing means.
  • An expander or enlarging means 53 can also be an integral component of barrier 12 inserted within sealing means 51 . After the application of heat, a separate enlarging means 53 can be inserted into the interior cavity of the barrier means to either enlarge the barrier 12 or add stiffness to its structure. Such an enlarging means is preferably similar in make-up and design to those described above. Use of an enlarging means may not be necessary in some cases and is not a required component of this method.
  • the barrier means 12 shown in FIG. 25 preferably has a primary curvature or gentle curve along the length of the patch or barrier 12 that allows it to conform to the inner circumference of the AF 10 .
  • This curvature may have a single radius R as shown in FIGS. 44A and 44B or may have multiple curvatures.
  • the curvature can be fabricated into the barrier 12 and/or any of its components.
  • the sealing means can be made without an inherent curvature while the enlarging means can have a primary curvature along its length. Once the enlarging means is placed within the sealing means the overall barrier means assembly takes on the primary curvature of the enlarging means.
  • This modularity allows enlarging means with specific curvatures to be fabricated for defects occurring in various regions of the anulus fibrosis.
  • the cross section of the barrier 12 can be any of a number of shapes. Each embodiment exploits a sealing means 51 and an enlarging means 53 that may further add stiffness to the overall barrier construct.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B show an elongated cylindrical embodiment with enlarging means 53 located about the long axis of the device.
  • FIGS. 31A and 31B depict a barrier means comprising an enlarging means 53 with a central cavity 49 .
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B depict a barrier means comprising a non-axisymmetric sealing means 51 . In use, the longer section of sealing means 51 as seen on the left side of this figure would extend between opposing vertebra 50 and 50 ′.
  • FIG. 33A and 33B depict a barrier means comprising a non-axisymmetric sealing means 51 and enlarger 53 .
  • the concave portion of the barrier means preferably faces nucleus pulposus 20 while the convex surface faces the defect 16 , annulotomy 416 , or access hole 417 and the inner aspect of the anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • This embodiment exploits pressure within the disc to compress sealing means 51 against neighboring vertebral bodies 50 and 50 ′ to aid in sealing.
  • the ‘C’ shape as shown in FIG. 33A is the preferred shape of the barrier wherein the convex portion of the patch rests against the interior aspect of the AF while the concave portion faces the NP.
  • the barrier or patch 12 serves to partially encapsulate the nucleus puposus 20 by conforming to the gross morphology of the inner surface of the anulus 10 and presenting a concave or cupping surface toward the nucleus 20 .
  • the upper and lower portions of this ‘C’ shaped barrier means are positioned against the vertebral endplates or overlying cartilage. As the pressure within the nucleus increases, these portions of the patch are pressurized toward the endplates with an equivalent pressure, preventing the passage of materials around the barrier means. Dissecting a matching cavity prior to or during patch placement can facilitate use of such a ‘C’ shaped patch.
  • FIGS. 34 through 41 depict various enlarging or expansion devices 53 that can be employed to aid in expanding a sealing element 51 within the intervertebral disc 15 .
  • Each embodiment can be covered by, coated with, or cover the sealing element 51 .
  • the sealing means 51 can further be woven through the expansion means 53 .
  • the sealing element 51 or membrane can be a sealer which can prevent flow of a material from within the anulus fibrosis of the intervertebral disc through a defect in the anulus fibrosis.
  • the material within the anulus can include nucleus pulposus or a prosthetic augmentation device, such as a hydrogel.
  • FIGS. 34 through 38 depict alternative patterns to that illustrated in FIG. 33A .
  • FIG. 33A shows the expansion devices 53 within the sealing means 51 .
  • the sealing means can alternatively be secured to one or another face (concave or convex) of the expansion means 53 . This can have advantages in reducing the overall volume of the barrier means 12 , simplifying insertion through a narrow cannula. It can also allow the barrier means 12 to induce ingrowth of tissue on one face and not the other.
  • the sealing means 51 can be formed from a material that resists ingrowth such as expanded polytetraflouroethylene (e-PTFE).
  • the expansion means 53 can be constructed of a metal or polymer that encourages ingrowth.
  • tissue can grow into the expansion means 53 from outside of the disc 15 , helping to secure the barrier means 12 in place and seal against egress of materials from within the disc 15 .
  • the expansion means 53 shown in FIG. 33A can be inserted into the sealing means 51 once the sealing means 51 is within the disc 15 .
  • the expansion means 53 and sealing means 51 can be integral components of the barrier means 12 that can be inserted as a unit into the disc.
  • This embodiment employs a multitude of fingers 162 to aid in holding a flexible sealer or membrane against the superior and inferior vertebral endplates.
  • the distance between the superior-most point of the superior finger and the inferior-most point on the inferior finger is the expansion means height 172 .
  • This height 172 is preferably greater than the disc height at the inner surface of the posterior anulus.
  • the greater height 172 of the expander 153 allows the fingers 162 to deflect along the superior and inferior vertebral endplates, enhancing the seal of the barrier means 12 against egress of material from within the disc 15 .
  • the spacing between the fingers 162 along the expander length 170 can be tailored to provide a desired stiffness of the expansion means 153 . Greater spacing between any two neighboring fingers 162 can further be employed to insure that the fingers 170 do not touch if the expansion means 153 is required to take a bend along its length.
  • the central strut 164 can connect the fingers and dissecting ends and preferably lies along the inner surface of the anulus 10 when seated within the disc 15 .
  • Various embodiments may employ struts 164 of greater or lesser heights and thicknesses to vary the stiffness of the overall expansion means 153 along its length 170 and height 172 .
  • FIG. 35 depicts an alternative embodiment to the expander 153 of FIG. 34 .
  • Openings or slots 174 can be included along the central strut 164 . These slots 174 promote bending of the expander 153 and fingers 162 along a central line 176 connecting the centers of the dissecting ends 160 . Such central flexibility has been found to aid against superior or inferior migration of the barrier means or barrier 12 when the barrier 12 has not been secured to surrounding tissues.
  • FIGS. 34B and 34C depict different perspective views of a preferred embodiment of the expander/frame 153 within an intervertebral disc 15 .
  • Expander 53 is in its expanded condition and lies along and/or within the posterior wall 21 and extends around the lateral walls 23 of the anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • the superior 166 and inferior 168 facing fingers 162 of expander 153 extend along the vertebral endplates (not shown) and/or the cartilage overlying the endplates.
  • the frame 153 can take on a 3-D concave shape in this preferred position with the concavity generally directed toward the interior of the intervertebral disc and specifically a region occupied by the nucleus pulposus 20 .
  • the bending stiffness of expander 153 can resist migration of the implant from this preferred position within the disc 15 .
  • the principle behind this stiffness-based stability is to place the regions of expander 153 with the greatest flexibility in the regions of the disc 153 with the greatest mobility or curvature. These flexible regions of expander 153 are surrounded by significantly stiffer regions. Hence, in order for the implant to migrate, a relatively stiff region of the expander must move into a relatively curved or mobile region of the disc.
  • the expander 153 is preferably covered by a membrane that acts to further restrict the movement of materials through the frame and toward the outer periphery of the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIGS. 37 A-C depict a further embodiment of the frame or expander 153 .
  • This embodiment employs a central lattice 180 consisting of multiple, fine interconnected struts 182 .
  • Such a lattice 180 can provide a structure that minimizes bulging of the sealing means 51 under intradiscal pressures.
  • the orientation and location of these struts 182 have been designed to give the barrier 12 a bend-axis along the central area of the expander height 172 .
  • the struts 182 support inferior 168 and superior 166 fingers 162 similar to previously described embodiments. However, these fingers 162 can have varying dimensions and stiffness along the length of the barrier 12 .
  • Such fingers 162 can be useful for helping the sealer 51 conform to uneven endplate geometries.
  • FIG. 37B illustrates the curved cross section 184 of the expander 153 of FIG. 37A .
  • This curve 184 can be an arc segment of a circle as shown.
  • the cross section can be an ellipsoid segment or have a multitude of arc segments of different radii and centers.
  • FIG. 37C is a perspective view showing the three dimensional shape of the expander 153 of FIGS. 37A and 37B .
  • 37A, 37B , and 37 C is between 0.05 mm 2 (7.75 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 in 2 ) and 0.75 mm 2 (1.16 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 in 2 ), the nucleus pulposus is unable to extrude through the lattice at pressures generated within the disc (between 250 KPa and 1.8 MPa).
  • the preferred pore size has been found to be approximately 0.15 mm 2 (2.33 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 in 2 ). This pore size can be used with any of the disclosed embodiments of the expander or any other expander that falls within the scope of the present invention to prevent movement of nucleus toward the outer periphery of the disc without the need for an additional membrane.
  • the membrane thickness is preferably in a range of 0.025 mm to 2.5 mm.
  • FIG. 38 depicts an expander 153 similar to that of FIG. 37A without fingers.
  • the expander 153 includes a central lattice 180 consisting of multiple struts 182 .
  • FIGS. 39 through 41 depict another embodiment of the expander 153 of the present invention.
  • These tubular expanders can be used in the barrier 12 embodiment depicted in FIG. 31A .
  • the sealer 51 can cover the expander 153 as shown in FIG. 31A .
  • the sealer 51 can cover the interior surface of the expander or an arc segment of the tube along its length on either the interior or exterior surface.
  • tubular expander 154 can deploy against the superior and inferior vertebral endplates, respectively.
  • the distance 186 between the superior 166 and inferior 168 surfaces of the expander 154 are preferably equal to or greater than the posterior disc height at the inner surface of the anulus 10 .
  • This embodiment has an anulus face 188 and nucleus face 190 as shown in FIGS. 39B, 39C and 39 D.
  • the anulus face 188 can be covered by the sealer 51 from the superior 166 to inferior 168 surface of the expander 154 .
  • This face 188 lies against the inner surface of the anulus 10 in its deployed position and can prevent egress of materials from within the disc 15 .
  • the primary purpose of the nucleus face 190 is to prevent migration of the expander 154 within the disc 15 .
  • the struts 192 that form the nucleus face 190 can project anteriorly into the nucleus 20 when the barrier 12 is positioned across the posterior wall of the anulus 10 . This anterior projection can resist rotation of the tubular expansion means 154 about its long axis. By interacting with the nucleus 20 , the struts 192 can further prevent migration around the circumference of the disc 15 .
  • the struts 192 can be spaced to provide nuclear gaps 194 . These gaps 194 can encourage the flow of nucleus pulposus 20 into the interior of the expander 154 . This flow can insure full expansion of the barrier 12 within the disc 15 during deployment.
  • FIG. 39 has a circular cross section 196 as seen in FIG. 39C . If the superior-inferior height 186 of the expander 154 is greater than that of the disc 15 , this circular cross section 196 can deform into an oval when deployed, as the endplates of the vertebrae compress the expander 154 .
  • the embodiment of the expander 154 shown in FIG. 40 is preformed into an oval shape 198 show in FIG. 40C . Compression by the endplates can exaggerate the unstrained oval 198 .
  • This oval 198 can provide greater stability against rotation about a long axis of the expander 154 .
  • FIG. 39 has a circular cross section 196 as seen in FIG. 39C . If the superior-inferior height 186 of the expander 154 is greater than that of the disc 15 , this circular cross section 196 can deform into an oval when deployed, as the endplates of the vertebrae compress the expander 154 .
  • 41B, 41C and 41 D depict an ‘egg-shaped’ cross section 202 , as shown in FIG. 41C , that can allow congruity between the curvature of the expander 154 and the inner wall of posterior anulus 10 .
  • Any of a variety of alternate cross sectional shapes can be employed to obtain a desired fit or expansion force without deviating from the spirit of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 40E, 40F , and 401 depict the expander 154 of FIGS. 40 A-D having a sealing means 51 covering the exterior surface of the anulus face 188 .
  • This sealing means 51 can be held against the endplates and the inner surface of the posterior anulus by the expander 154 in its deployed state.
  • FIGS. 40G and 40H depict the expander 154 of FIG. 40B with a sealer 51 covering the interior surface of the anulus face 188 .
  • This position of the sealer 51 can allow the expander 154 to contact both the vertebral endplates and inner surface of the posterior anulus. This can promote ingrowth of tissue into the expander 154 from outside the disc 15 .
  • Combinations of sealer 51 that cover all or part of the expander 154 can also be employed without deviating from the scope of the present invention.
  • the expander 154 can also have a small pore size thereby allowing retention of a material such as a nucleus pulposus, for example, without the need for a sealer as a covering.
  • FIGS. 42 A-D depict cross sections of a preferred embodiment of sealing means 51 and enlarging means 53 .
  • Sealing means 51 has internal cavity 17 and opening 8 leading from its outer surface into internal cavity 17 .
  • Enlarger 53 can be inserted through opening 8 and into internal cavity 17 .
  • FIGS. 43A and 43B depict an alternative configuration of enlarger 53 .
  • Fixation region 4 extends through opening 8 in sealing means 51 .
  • Fixation region 4 has a through-hole that can facilitate fixation of enlarger 53 to tissues surrounding defect 16 .
  • FIGS. 44A and 44B depict an alternative shape of the barrier.
  • sealing means 51 , enlarger 53 , or both have a curvature with radius R.
  • This curvature can be used in any embodiment of the present invention and may aid in conforming to the curved inner circumference of anulus fibrosis 10 .
  • FIG. 45 is a section of a device used to affix sealing means 51 to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • sealing means 51 would be positioned across interior aspect 50 of defect 16 .
  • the distal end of device 110 ′ would be inserted through defect 16 and opening 8 into the interior cavity 17 .
  • fixation dart 25 has been passed from device 110 ′, through a wall of sealing means 51 and into tissues surrounding sealing means 51 .
  • fixation dart 25 is about to be passed through a wall of sealing means 51 by advancing pusher 111 relative to device 110 ′ in the direction of the arrow.
  • FIG. 46 depicts the use of thermal device 200 to heat sealing means 51 and adhere it to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • sealing means 51 would be positioned across the interior aspect 36 of a defect 16 .
  • the distal end of thermal device 200 would be inserted through the defect and opening 8 into interior cavity 17 .
  • thermal device 200 employs at its distal end resistive heating element 210 connected to a voltage source by wires 220 .
  • Covering 230 is a non-stick surface such as Teflon tubing that ensures the ability to remove device 200 from interior cavity 17 .
  • device 200 would be used to heat first one half, and then the other half of sealing means 51 .
  • FIG. 48 depicts an alternative embodiment to device 130 .
  • This device employs an elongated, flexible balloon 150 ′ that can be inserted into and completely fill internal cavity 17 of sealing means 51 prior to inflation to an expanded state 150 .
  • inflation and heating of sealing means 51 can be performed in one step.
  • FIGS. 49A through 49G illustrate a method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • An intradiscal implant system consists of an intradiscal implant 400 , a delivery device or cannula 402 , an advancer 404 and at least one control filament 406 .
  • the intradiscal implant 400 is loaded into the delivery cannula 402 which has a proximal end 408 and a distal end 410 .
  • FIG. 49A illustrates the distal end 410 advanced into the disc 15 through an annulotomy 416 .
  • This annulotomy 416 can be through any portion of the anulus 10 , but is preferably at a site proximate to a desired, final implant location.
  • the implant 400 is then pushed into the disc 15 through the distal end 410 of the cannula 402 in a direction that is generally away from the desired, final implant location as shown in FIG. 49B .
  • the implant 400 can be pulled into the desired implant location by pulling on the control filament 406 as shown in FIG. 49C .
  • the control filament 406 can be secured to the implant 400 at any location on or within the implant 400 , but is preferably secured at least at a site 414 or sites on a distal portion 412 of the implant 400 , i.e. that portion that first exits the delivery cannula 402 when advanced into the disc 15 .
  • site or sites 414 are generally furthest from the desired, final implant location once the implant has been fully expelled from the interior of the delivery cannula 402 .
  • the distal end 410 of the delivery cannula 402 can be used to direct the proximal end 420 of the implant 400 (that portion of the implant 400 that is last to be expelled from the delivery cannula 402 ) away from the annulotomy 416 and toward an inner aspect of the anulus 10 nearest the desired implant location.
  • the advancer 404 can be used to position the proximal end of the implant toward an inner aspect of the anulus 20 near the implant location, as shown in FIG. 49E .
  • FIG. 49D Further pulling on the control filament 406 causes the proximal end 426 of the implant 400 to dissect along the inner aspect of the anulus 20 until the attachment site 414 or sites of the guide filament 406 to the implant 400 has been pulled to the inner aspect of the annulotomy 416 , as shown in FIG. 49D .
  • the implant 400 will extend at least from the annulotomy 416 and along the inner aspect of the anulus 10 in the desired implant location, illustrated in FIG. 49F .
  • the implant 400 can be any of the following: nucleus replacement device, nucleus augmentation device, anulus augmentation device, anulus replacement device, the barrier of the present invention or any of its components, drug carrier device, carrier device seeded with living cells, or a device that stimulates or supports fusion of the surrounding vertebra.
  • the implant 400 can be a membrane which prevents the flow of a material from within the anulus fibrosis of an intervertebral disc through a defect in the disc.
  • the material within the anulus fibrosis can be, for example, a nucleus pulposus or a prosthetic augmentation device, such as hydrogel.
  • the membrane can be a sealer.
  • the implant 400 can be wholly or partially rigid or wholly or partially flexible.
  • the implant 400 can have a solid portion or portions that contain a fluid material. It can comprise a single or multitude of materials. These materials can include metals, polymers, gels and can be in solid or woven form.
  • the implant 400 can either resist or promote tissue ingrowth, whether fibrous or bony.
  • the cannula 402 can be any tubular device capable of advancing the implant 400 at least partially through the anulus 10 . It can be made of any suitable biocompatible material including various known metals and polymers. It can be wholly or partially rigid or flexible. It can be circular, oval, polygonal, or irregular in cross section. It must have an opening at least at its distal end 410 , but can have other openings in various locations along its length.
  • the advancer 404 can be rigid or flexible, and have one of a variety of cross sectional shapes either like or unlike the delivery cannula 402 . It may be a solid or even a column of incompressible fluid, so long as it is stiff enough to advance the implant 400 into the disc 15 .
  • the advancer 404 can be contained entirely within the cannula 402 or can extend through a wall or end of the cannula to facilitate manipulation.
  • Advancement of the implant 400 can be assisted by various levers, gears, screws and other secondary assist devices to minimize the force required by the surgeon to advance the implant 400 .
  • These secondary devices can further give the user greater control over the rate and extent of advancement into the disc 15 .
  • the guide filament 406 may be a string, rod, plate, or other elongate object that can be secured to and move with the implant 400 as it is advanced into the disc 15 . It can be constructed from any of a variety of metals or polymers or combination thereof and can be flexible or rigid along all or part of its length. It can be secured to a secondary object 418 or device at its end opposite that which is secured to the implant 400 . This secondary device 418 can include the advancer 404 or other object or device that assists the user in manipulating the filament.
  • the filament 406 can be releasably secured to the implant 400 , as shown in FIG. 49G or permanently affixed. The filament 406 can be looped around or through the implant.
  • Such a loop can either be cut or have one end pulled until the other end of the loop releases the implant 400 . It may be bonded to the implant 400 using adhesive, welding, or a secondary securing means such as a screw, staple, dart, etc.
  • the filament 406 can further be an elongate extension of the implant material itself. If not removed following placement of the implant, the filament 406 can be used to secure the implant 400 to surrounding tissues such as the neighboring anulus 10 , vertebral endplates, or vertebral bodies either directly or through the use of a dart, screw, staple, or other suitable anchor.
  • Multiple guide filaments can be secured to the implant 400 at various locations.
  • a first or distal 422 and a second or proximal 424 guide filament are secured to an elongate implant 400 at or near its distal 412 and proximal 420 ends at attachment sites 426 and 428 , respectively. These ends 412 and 420 correspond to the first and last portions of the implant 400 , respectively, to be expelled from the delivery cannula 402 when advanced into the disc 15 .
  • This double guide filament system allows the implant 400 to be positioned in the same manner described above in the single filament technique, and illustrated in FIGS. 50 A-C.
  • the user may advance the proximal end 420 of the device 400 across the annulotomy 416 by pulling on the second guide filament 424 , shown in FIG. 50D .
  • This allows the user to controllably cover the annulotomy 416 .
  • This step may reduce the risk of herniation of either nucleus pulposus 20 or the implant itself. It may aid in sealing the disc, as well as preserving disc pressure and the natural function of the disc. It may encourage ingrowth of fibrous tissue from outside the disc into the implant. It may further allow the distal end of the implant to rest against anulus further from the defect created by the annulotomy.
  • this technique allows both ends of an elongate implant to be secured to the disc or vertebral tissues.
  • Both the first 422 and second 424 guide filaments can be simultaneously tensioned, as shown in FIG. 50E , to ensure proper positioning of the implant 400 within the anulus 10 .
  • the first 422 and second 424 guide filaments can be removed from the input 400 , as shown in FIG. 50F . Additional control filaments and securing sites may further assist implantation and/or fixation of the intradiscal implants.
  • an implant guide 430 may be employed to aid directing the implant 400 through the annulotomy 416 , through the nucleus pulposus 10 , and/or along the inner aspect of the anulus 10 .
  • This implant guide 430 can aid in the procedure by dissecting through tissue, adding stiffness to the implant construct, reducing trauma to the anulus or other tissues that can be caused by a stiff or abrasive implant, providing 3-D control of the implants orientation during implantation, expanding an expandable implant, or temporarily imparting a shape to the implant that is beneficial during implantation.
  • the implant guide 430 can be affixed to either the advancer 404 or the implant 406 themselves. In a preferred embodiment shown in FIGS.
  • the implant guide 430 is secured to the implant 400 by the first 424 and second 426 guide filaments of the first 426 and the second 428 attachment sites, respectively.
  • the guide filaments 424 and 426 may pass through or around the implant guide 430 .
  • the implant guide 430 may be a thin, flat sheet of biocompatible metal with holes passing through its surface proximate to the site or sites 426 and 428 at which the guide filaments 422 and 424 are secured to the implant 400 . These holes allow passage of the securing filament 422 and 424 through the implant guide 430 .
  • Such an elongated sheet may run along the implant 400 and extend beyond its distal end 412 .
  • the distal end of the implant guide 430 may be shaped to help dissect through the nucleus 10 and deflect off the anulus 10 as the implant 400 is advanced into the disc 15 .
  • an implant guide 430 can be used to control rotational stability of the implant 400 . It may also be used to retract the implant 400 from the disc 15 should this become necessary.
  • the implant guide 430 may also extend beyond the proximal tip 420 of the implant 400 to aid in dissecting across or through the anulus 10 proximate to the desired implantation site.
  • the implant guide 430 is releasable from the implant 400 following or during implantation. This release may be coordinated with the release of the guide filaments 422 and 424 .
  • the implant guide 430 may further be able to slide along the guide filaments 422 and 424 while these filaments are secured to the implant 400 .
  • barrier 12 or implant 400 can be secured to tissues within the intervertebral disc 15 or surrounding vertebrae. It can be advantageous to secure the barrier means 12 in a limited number of sites while still insuring that larger surfaces of the barrier 12 or implant juxtapose the tissue to which the barrier 12 is secured. This is particularly advantageous in forming a sealing engagement with surrounding tissues.
  • FIGS. 53-57 illustrate barriers 12 having stiffening elements 300 .
  • the barrier 12 can incorporate stiffening elements 300 that run along a length of the implant required to be in sealing engagement.
  • These stiffening elements 300 can be one of a variety of shape including, but not limited to, plates 302 , rods 304 , or coils. These elements are preferably stiffer than the surrounding barrier 12 and can impart their stiffness to the surrounding barrier.
  • These stiffening elements 300 can be located within an interior cavity formed by the barrier. They can further be imbedded in or secured to the barrier 12 .
  • Each stiffening element can aid in securing segments of the barrier 12 to surrounding tissues.
  • the stiffening elements can have parts 307 , including through-holes, notches, or indentations for example, to facilitate fixation of the stiffening element 300 to surrounding tissues by any of a variety of fixation devices 306 .
  • fixation devices 306 can include screws, darts, dowels, or other suitable means capable of holding the barrier 12 to surrounding tissue.
  • the fixation devices 306 can be connected either directly to the stiffening element 300 or indirectly using an intervening length of suture, cable, or other filament for example.
  • the fixation device 306 can further be secured to the barrier 12 near the stiffening element 300 without direct contact with the stiffening element 300 .
  • the fixation device 306 can be secured to or near the stiffening element 300 at opposing ends of the length of the barrier 12 required to be in sealing engagement with surrounding tissues. Alternatively, one or a multitude of fixation devices 306 can be secured to or near the stiffening element 300 at a readily accessible location that may not be at these ends. In any barrier 12 embodiment with an interior cavity 17 and an opening 8 leading thereto, the fixation sites may be proximal to the opening 8 to allow passage of the fixation device 306 and various instruments that may be required for their implantation.
  • FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate one embodiment of a barrier 12 incorporating the use of a stiffening element 300 .
  • the barrier 12 can be a plate and screw barrier 320 .
  • the stiffening element 300 consists of two fixation plates, superior 310 and inferior 312 , an example of which is illustrated in FIGS. 54A and 54B with two parts 308 passing through each plate.
  • the parts 308 are located proximal to an opening 8 leading into an interior cavity 17 of the barrier 12 .
  • These parts 8 allow passage of a fixation device 306 such as a bone screw. These screws can be used to secure the barrier means 12 to a superior 50 and inferior 50 ′ vertebra.
  • FIGS. 55A and 55B illustrate another embodiment of a barrier 12 having stiffening elements 300 .
  • the barrier 12 can be an anchor and rod barrier 322 .
  • the stiffening elements 300 consist of two fixation rods 304 , an example of which is shown in FIGS. 56A and 56B , imbedded within the barrier 12 .
  • the rods 304 can include a superior rod 314 and an inferior rod 316 .
  • Sutures 318 can be passed around these rods 314 and 316 and through the barrier means 10 . These sutures 318 can in turn, be secured to a bone anchor or other suitable fixation device 306 to draw the barrier 12 into sealing engagement with the superior and inferior vertebral endplates in a manner similar to that described above.
  • the opening 8 and interior cavity 17 of the barrier 12 are not required elements of the barrier 12 .
  • FIG. 57 illustrates the anchor and rod barrier 322 , described above, with fixation devices 306 placed at opposing ends of each fixation rod 316 and 318 .
  • the suture 18 on the left side of the superior rod 318 has yet to be tied.
  • FIGS. 58A, 58B , 59 A and 59 B depict two preferred methods of clearing a path for the barrier 12 .
  • FIGS. 58A and 58B depict one such method and an associated dissector device 454 .
  • the assumed desired position of the implant is along the posterior anulus 452 .
  • a hairpin dissector 454 can be passed along the intended implantation site of the implant.
  • the hairpin dissector 454 can have a hairpin dissector component 460 having a free end 458 .
  • the dissector can also have an advancer 464 to position the dissector component 460 within the disc 15 .
  • the dissector 454 can be inserted through cannula 456 into an opening 462 in the anulus 10 along an access path directed anteriorly or anterior-medially.
  • the body of dissector component 460 is preferably formed from an elongated sheet of metal. Suitable metals include various spring steels or nickel titanium alloys. It can alternatively be formed from wires or rods.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B depict another method and associated dissector device 466 suitable for clearing a path for implant insertion.
  • the dissector device 466 is shown in cross section and consists of a dissector component 468 , an outer cannula 470 and an advancer or inner push rod 472 .
  • a curved passage or slot 474 is formed into an intradiscal tip 476 of outer cannula 470 . This passage or slot 474 acts to deflect the tip of dissector component 468 in a path that is roughly parallel to the lamellae of the anulus fibrosis 10 as the dissector component 468 is advanced into the disc 15 by the advancer.
  • the dissector component 468 is preferably formed from a superelastic nickel titanium alloy, but can be constructed of any material with suitable rigidity and strain characteristics to allow such deflection without significant plastic deformation.
  • the dissector component 468 can be formed from an elongated sheet, rods, wires or the like. It can be used to dissect between the anulus 10 and nucleus 20 , or to dissect between layers of the anulus 10 .
  • FIGS. 60 A-C depict an alternate dissector component 480 of FIGS. 59A and 59B . Only the intradiscal tip 476 of device 460 and regions proximal thereto are shown in these figures.
  • a push-rod 472 similar to that shown in FIG. 59A can be employed to advance dissector 480 into the disc 15 .
  • Dissector 480 can include an elongated sheet 482 with superiorly and inferiorly extending blades (or “wings”) 484 and 486 , respectively.
  • This sheet 482 is preferably formed from a metal with a large elastic strain range such as spring steel or nickel titanium alloy.
  • the sheet 482 can have a proximal end 488 and distal end 490 .
  • the distal end 490 can have a flat portion which can be flexible.
  • a step portion 494 can be located between the distal end 490 and the proximal end 488 .
  • the proximal end 488 can have a curved shape.
  • the proximal end can also include blades 484 and 486 .
  • wings 484 and 486 are collapsed within outer cannula 470 while elongated sheet 482 is captured within deflecting passage or slot 474 .
  • passage or slot 478 directs the dissector component 480 in a direction roughly parallel to the posterior anulus (90 degrees to the central axis of sleeve 470 in this case) in a manner similar to that described for the embodiment in FIGS. 59A and 59B .
  • Wings 484 and 486 open as they exit the end of sleeve 470 and expand toward the vertebral endplates.
  • dissector component 480 allows the expanded wings 484 and 486 to dissect through any connections of nucleus 20 or anulus 10 to the endplates that may present an obstruction to subsequent passage of the implants of the present invention.
  • the dimensions of dissector component 480 should approximate those of the barrier such that the minimal amount of tissue is disturbed while reducing the forces necessary to position the barrier in the desired location.
  • FIGS. 61A-61D illustrate a method of implanting a disc implant.
  • a disc implant 552 is inserted into a delivery device 550 .
  • the delivery device 550 has a proximal end 556 and a distal end 558 .
  • the distal end 558 of the delivery device 550 is inserted into an annulotomy illustrated in FIG. 61A .
  • the annulotomy is preferably located at a site within the anulus 10 that is proximate to a desired, final implant 552 location.
  • the implant 400 is then deployed by being inserted into the disc 15 through the distal end 558 of the delivery device 550 .
  • the implant is forced away from the final implant location, as shown in FIG. 61B .
  • An implant guide 560 can be used to position the implant 400 .
  • an augmentation material 7 can be injected into the disc 15 . Injection of augmentation after deployment is illustrated in FIG. 61C .
  • the augmentation material 7 can include a hydrogel or collagen, for example.
  • the delivery device 550 is removed from the disc 15 and a separate tube is inserted into the annulotomy to inject the flowable augmentation material 7 .
  • the distal end 558 of delivery device 550 can remain within the annulotomy and the fluid augmentation material 554 injected through the delivery device 550 .
  • the delivery device 550 is removed from the annulotomy and the intradiscal implant 400 is positioned over the annulotomy in the final implant location, as shown in FIG. 61D .
  • the implant 400 can be positioned using control filaments described above.
  • FIGS. 62-66 depict anulus and nuclear augmentation devices which are capable of working in concert to restore the natural biomechanics of the disc.
  • a disc environment with a degenerated or lesioned anulus cannot generally support the load transmission from either the native nucleus or from prosthetic augmentation.
  • nuclear augmentation materials 7 bulge through the anulus defects, extrude from the disc, or apply pathologically high load to damaged regions of the anulus. Accordingly, in one aspect of the current invention, damaged areas of the anulus are protected by shunting the load from the nucleus 20 or augmentation materials 7 to healthier portions of the anulus 10 or endplates.
  • nuclear augmentation materials 7 or devices can conform to healthy regions of the anulus 10 while the barrier 12 shields weaker regions of the anulus 10 .
  • the anulus augmentation devices 12 of several embodiments of the present invention are particularly advantageous because they enable the use of certain nuclear augmentation materials and devices 7 that may otherwise be undesirable in a disc with an injured anulus.
  • FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional transverse view of an anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along the inner surface of a lamella 16 .
  • Implanted conformable nuclear augmentation 7 is also shown in contact with the barrier 12 .
  • the barrier device 12 is juxtapositioned to the innermost lamella of the anulus.
  • Conformable nuclear augmentation material 7 is inserted into the cavity which is closed by the barrier 12 , in an amount sufficient to fill the disc space in an unloaded supine position.
  • fluid nuclear augmentation 554 such as hyaluronic acid, is used.
  • Fluid nuclear augmentation 554 is particularly well-suited for use in various aspects of the current invention because it can be delivered with minimal invasiveness and because it is able to flow into and fill minute voids of the intervertebral disc space. Fluid nuclear augmentation 554 is also uniquely suited for maintaining a pressurized environment that evenly transfers the force exerted by the endplates to the anulus augmentation device and/or the anulus. However, fluid nuclear augmentation materials 554 used alone may perform poorly in discs 15 with a degenerated anulus because the material can flow back out through anulus defects 8 and pose a risk to surrounding structures.
  • the barrier 12 shunts the pressure caused by the fluid augmentation 554 away from the damaged anulus region 8 and toward healthier regions, thus restoring function to the disc 15 and reducing risk of the extrusion of nuclear augmentation materials 7 and fluid augmentation material 554 .
  • Exemplary fluid nuclear augmentation materials 554 include, but are not limited to, various pharmaceuticals (steroids, antibiotics, tissue necrosis factor alpha or its antagonists, analgesics); growth factors, genes or gene vectors in solution; biologic materials (hyaluronic acid, non-crosslinked collagen, fibrin, liquid fat or oils); synthetic polymers (polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils); and saline.
  • various pharmaceuticals steroids, antibiotics, tissue necrosis factor alpha or its antagonists, analgesics
  • growth factors genes or gene vectors in solution
  • biologic materials hyaluronic acid, non-crosslinked collagen, fibrin, liquid fat or oils
  • synthetic polymers polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils
  • saline polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils
  • fluid is used herein to include any material which is sufficiently flowable at least during the infusion process, to be infused through an infusion lumen in the delivery device into the disc space.
  • the augmentation material 554 may remain “fluid” after the infusion step, or may polymerize, cure, or otherwise harden to a less flowable or nonflowable state.
  • nucleus augmentation material 554 may remain constant during the deployment and post-deployment stages or may change, from a first infusion state to a second, subsequent implanted state.
  • a carrier such as a solvent or fluid medium with a dispersion therein.
  • the solvent or liquid carrier may be absorbed by the body or otherwise dissipate from the disc space post-implantation, leaving the nucleus augmentation material 554 behind.
  • any of a variety of the powders identified below may be carried using a fluid carrier.
  • hydrogels or other materials may be implanted or deployed while in solution, with the solvent dissipating post-deployment to leave the hydrogel or other media behind.
  • the disc space may be filled under higher than ultimately desired pressure, taking into account the absorption of a carrier volume. Additional specific materials and considerations are disclosed in greater detail below.
  • FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional transverse view of anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along an inner surface of a lamella 16 .
  • Implanted nuclear augmentation 7 comprised of a hydrophilic flexible solid is also shown.
  • Nuclear augmentation materials include, but are not limited to, liquids, gels, solids, gases or combinations thereof.
  • Nuclear augmentation devices 7 may be formed from one or more materials, which are present in one or more phases.
  • FIG. 63 shows a cylindrical flexible solid form of nuclear augmentation 7 .
  • this flexible solid is composed of a hydrogel, including, but not limited to, acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, polyacrylimide, acrylimide, acrylimidine, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinylalcohol, and the like.
  • FIG. 63 depicts nuclear augmentation 7 using a solid or gel composition.
  • these materials can be designed to be secured to surrounding tissues by mechanical means, such as glues, screws, and anchors, or by biological means, such as glues and in growth.
  • Solid but deformable augmentation materials 7 may also be designed to resist axial compression by the endplates rather than flowing circumferentially outward toward the anulus. In this way, less force is directed at the anulus 10 .
  • Solid nuclear augmentation 7 can also be sized substantially larger than the annulotomy 416 or defect 8 to decrease the risk of extrusion. The use of solid materials or devices 7 alone is subject to certain limitations.
  • the delivery of solid materials 7 may require a large access hole 417 in the anuluslO, thereby decreasing the integrity of the disc 15 and creating a significant risk for extrusion of either the augmentation material 7 or of natural nucleus 20 remaining within the disc 15 .
  • Solid materials or devices 7 can also overload the endplates causing endplate subsidence or apply point loads to the anulus 10 from corners or edges that may cause pain or further deterioration of the anulus 10 .
  • Several embodiments of the present invention overcome the limitations of solid materials and are particularly well-suited for use with liquid augmentation materials 7 .
  • the barrier device 12 of various embodiments of this invention effectively closes the access hole 417 and can be adapted to partially encapsulate the augmented nucleus, thus mitigating the risks posed by solid materials.
  • Solid or gel nuclear augmentation materials 7 used in various embodiments of the current invention include single piece or multiple pieces.
  • the solid materials 7 may be cube-like, spheroid, disc-like, ellipsoid, rhombohedral, cylindrical, or amorphous in shape. These materials 7 may be in woven or non-woven form. Other forms of solids including minute particles or even powder can be considered when used in combination with the barrier device.
  • Candidate materials 7 include, but are not limited to: metals, such as titanium, stainless steels, nitinol, cobalt chrome; resorbable or non-resorbing synthetic polymers, such as polyurethane, polyester, PEEK, PET, FEP, PTFE, ePTFE, Teflon, PMMA, nylon, carbon fiber, Delrin, polyvinyl alcohol gels, polyglycolic acid, polyethylene glycol; silicon gel or rubber, vulcanized rubber or other elastomer; gas filled vesicles, biologic materials such as morselized or block bone, hydroxy apetite, cross-linked collagen, muscle tissue, fat, cellulose, keratin, cartilage, protein polymers, transplanted or bioengineered nucleus pulposus or anulus fibrosus; or various pharmacologically active agents in solid form.
  • metals such as titanium, stainless steels, nitinol, cobalt chrome
  • synthetic polymers such as polyurethane
  • the solid or gel augmentation materials 7 may be rigid, wholly or partially flexible, elastic or viscoelastic in nature.
  • the augmentation device or material 7 may be hydrophilic or hydrophobic. Hydrophilic materials, mimicking the physiology of the nucleus, may be delivered into the disc in a hydrated or dehydrated state.
  • Biologic materials may be autologous, allograft, zenograft, or bioengineered.
  • the solid or gel nuclear augmentation material 7 are impregnated or coated with various compounds.
  • a biologically active compound is used.
  • one or more drug carriers are used to impregnate or coat the nuclear augmentation material 7 .
  • Genetic vectors, naked genes or other therapeutic agents to renew growth, reduce pain, aid healing, and reduce infection may be delivered in this manner.
  • Tissue in-growth, either fibrous (from the anulus) or bony (from the endplates), within or around the augmentation material can be either encouraged or discouraged depending on the augmentation used. Tissue in-growth may be beneficial for fixation and can be encouraged via porosity or surface chemistry.
  • FIG. 64 is a cross-sectional transverse view of anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along an inner surface of a lamella 16 .
  • implanted nuclear augmentation 7 including a solid cube, a composite cylindrical solid 555 , and a free flowing liquid 554 are shown.
  • the use of multiple types of nuclear augmentation with the barrier 12 is depicted in FIG. 64 .
  • the barrier device 12 is shown in combination with fluid nuclear augmentation 554 , solid nuclear augmentation 7 , in the form of a cube, and a cross- linked collagen sponge composite 555 soaked in a growth factor.
  • a multiphase augmentation system as shown in FIG. 64 , is used.
  • Nuclear augmentation 7 comprising solids and liquids 554 can be designed to create primary and secondary levels of flexibility within an intervertebral disc space.
  • the spine will flex easily at first as the intervertebral disc pressure increases and the liquids flows radially, loading the anulus. Then, as the disc height decreases and the endplates begin to contact the solid or gelatinous augmentation material, flexibility will decrease.
  • This combination can also prevent damage to the anulus 10 under excessive loading as the solid augmentation 7 can be designed to resist further compression such that the fluid pressure on the anulus is limited.
  • use of multiphase augmentation allows for the combination of fluid medications or biologically active substances with solid or gelatinous carriers.
  • a cross-linked collagen sponge 555 soaked in a growth factor or combination of growth factors in liquid suspension.
  • the nuclear augmentation material or device 7 , 554 constructed therefrom is phase changing, i.e. from liquid to solid, solid to liquid, or liquid to gel.
  • phase changing augmentation preferably changes from a liquid to a solid or gel.
  • Such materials may change phases in response to contact with air, increases or decreases in temperature, contact with biologic liquids or by the mixture of separate reactive constituents. These materials are advantageous because they can be delivered through a small hole in the anulus or down a tube or cannula placed percutaneously into the disc.
  • the barrier device is used to seal and pressurize a phase changing material to aid in its delivery by forcing it into the voids of the disc space while minimizing the risk of extrusion of the material while it is a fluid.
  • the barrier or anulus augmentation device 12 may be permanently implanted or used only temporarily until the desired phase change has occurred.
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes an anulus augmentation device 12 that exploits the characteristics of nucleus augmentation devices or materials to improve its own performance. Augmenting the nucleus 20 pressurizes the intervertebral disc environment which can serve to fix or stabilize an anulus repair device in place.
  • the nucleus 20 can be pressurized by inserting into the disc 15 an adequate amount of augmentation material 7 , 554 .
  • the pressurized disc tissue and augmentation material 7 , 554 applies force on the inwardly facing surface of the anulus augmentation device 12 . This pressure may be exploited by the design of the anulus prosthesis or barrier 12 to prevent it from dislodging or moving from its intended position.
  • One exemplary method is to design the inwardly facing surface of the anulus prosthesis 12 to expand upon the application of pressure. As the anulus prosthesis 12 expands, it becomes less likely to be expelled from the disc.
  • the prosthesis 12 may be formed with a concavity facing inward to promote such. expansion.
  • the anulus augmentation device 12 itself functions as nuclear augmentation 7 .
  • the barrier 12 frame is encapsulated in ePTFE. This construct typically displaces a volume of 0.6 cubic centimeters, although thicker coatings of ePTFE or like materials may be used to increase this volume to 3 cubic centimeters.
  • the anulus augmentation device may be designed with differentially thickened regions along its area.
  • FIG. 65 depicts a sagittal cross-sectional view of the barrier device connected to an inflatable nuclear augmentation device 455 .
  • the barrier device 12 is shown connected via hollow delivery and support tube 425 to an nuclear augmentation sack 455 suitable for containing fluid material 554 .
  • the tube 425 has a delivery port or valve 450 that extends through the barrier device and can be accessed from the access hole 417 after the barrier device 12 and augmentation sack 455 has been delivered.
  • This nuclear and anulus augmentation combination is particularly advantageous because of the ease of deliverability, since the sack 455 and the barrier 12 are readily compressed.
  • the connection of the barrier 12 and the augmentation sack 455 also serves to stabilize the combination and prevent its extrusion from the disc 15 .
  • the nuclear augmentation 7 may be secured to the anulus augmentation prosthesis 12 to create a resistance to migration of the overall construct. Such attachment may also be performed to improve or direct the transfer of load from the nuclear prosthesis 7 through the anulus prosthesis 12 to the disc tissues.
  • the barrier 12 and augmentation 7 can be attached prior to, during, or after delivery of the barrier 12 into the disc 15 . They may be secured to each other by an adhesive or by a flexible filament such as suture.
  • the barrier 12 may have a surface facing the augmentation material 7 that bonds to the augmentation material 7 though a chemical reaction. This surface may additionally allow for a mechanical linkage to a surface of the augmentation material 7 . This linkage could be achieved through a porous attachment surface of the barrier 12 that allows the inflow of a fluid augmentation material 7 that hardens or gels after implantation.
  • the anulus augmentation device 12 and nuclear augmentation material 7 may be fabricated as a single device with a barrier 12 region and a nuclear augmentation region 7 .
  • the barrier 12 may form at least a portion of the surface of an augmentation sack 455 or balloon.
  • the sack 455 may be filled with suitable augmentation materials 7 once the barrier has been positioned along a weakened inner surface of the anulus 10 .
  • the sequence of inserting the barrier 12 and nuclear augmentation 7 in the disc can be varied according to the nuclear augmentation 7 used or requirements of the surgical procedure.
  • the nuclear augmentation 7 can be inserted first and then sealed in place by the barrier device 12 .
  • the disc 15 can be partially filled, then sealed with the barrier device 12 , and then supplied with additional material 7 .
  • the barrier device 12 is inserted into the disc 15 followed by the addition of nuclear augmentation material 7 through or around the barrier 12 . This allows for active pressurization. A disc 15 with a severely degenerated anulus can also be effectively treated in this manner.
  • the nuclear augmentation material 7 is delivered through a cannula inserted through an access hole 417 in the disc 15 formed pathologically, e.g. an anular defect 8 , or iatrogenically, e.g. an anuulotomy 416 that is distinct from the access hole 417 that was used to implant the barrier 12 .
  • the same or different surgical approach including transpsoas, presacral, transsacral, tranpedicular, translaminar, or anteriorly through the abdomen, may be used.
  • Access hole 417 can be located anywhere along the anulus surface or even through the vertebral endplates.
  • the anulus augmentation device 12 includes features that facilitate the introduction of augmentation materials 554 following placement.
  • the augmentation delivery cannula may simply be forcibly driven into an access hole 417 proximal to the barrier 12 at a slight angle so that the edge of the barrier 12 deforms and allows passage into the disc space.
  • a small, flexible or rigid curved delivery needle or tube may be inserted through an access hole 417 over (in the direction of the superior endplate) or under (in the direction of the inferior endplate) the barrier 12 or around an edge of the barrier 12 contiguous with the anulus 15 .
  • ports or valves are installed in the barrier 12 device that permit the flow of augmentation material into, but not out of, the disc space.
  • One-way valves 450 or even flaps of material held shut by the intervertebral pressure may be used.
  • a collapsible tubular valve may be fashioned along a length of the barrier.
  • multiple valves or ports 450 are present along the device 12 to facilitate alignment with the access hole 417 and delivery of augmentation material.
  • Flow channels within or on the barrier 12 to direct the delivery of the material 554 e.g. to the ends of the barrier
  • small delivery apertures e.g. caused by a needle
  • small delivery apertures can be sealed with a small amount of adhesive or sutured shut.
  • FIG. 66 is sagittal cross-sectional view of a functional spine unit containing the barrier device unit 12 connected to a wedge-shaped nuclear augmentation 7 device.
  • FIG. 66 illustrates that the geometry of the nuclear augmentation 7 can be adapted to improve the function of the barrier.
  • nuclear augmentation 7 By presenting nuclear augmentation 7 with a wedge-shaped or hemicircular profile towards the interior of the intervertebral disc space, and attaching it in the middle of the barrier device 12 between the flexible finger-like edges of the barrier device, the force exerted by the pressurized environment is focused in the direction of the edges of the barrier device sealing them against the endplates. Accordingly, this wedge-shaped feature improves the function of the device 12 .
  • the nuclear augmentation material 7 may also be designed with various features that improve its interaction with the barrier, such as exhibiting different flexibility or viscosity throughout its volume. For example, in certain applications, it may be preferable for the augmentation 7 to be either stiff at the interface with the barrier 12 and supple towards the center of the disc, or vice versa.
  • the augmentation 7 can also serve to rotationally stabilize the barrier 12 .
  • the augmentation is coupled to the inward facing surface of the barrier and extends outward and medially into the disc forming a lever arm and appearing as “T-shaped” unit.
  • the augmentation device 7 of this embodiment can extend of the disc 15 to the opposite wall of the anulus.
  • nuclear augmentation and/or anulus augmentation may be performed with or without the removal of any or all of the autologous nucleus.
  • the nuclear augmentation materials and/or the anulus augmentation device may be designed to be safely and efficiently removed from the intervertebral disc in the event they no longer be required.

Abstract

Systems for minimally invasive disc augmentation include an anulus augmentation component and a nucleus augmentation component. Both are suited for minimally invasive deployment. The nucleus augmentation component restores disc height and/or replaces missing nucleus pulposus. The anulus augmentation component shields weakened regions of the anulus fibrosis and/or resists escape of natural nucleus pulposus and/or the nucleus augmentation component. Methods and deployment devices are also disclosed. Methods of repairing a herniated disc by displacing at least a portion of the herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc and anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to a site within the disc are also provided.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/055,504, filed on Oct. 25, 2001, which claims benefit to 60/311,586 filed Aug. 10, 2001 and which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/696,636 filed on Oct. 25, 2000, now issued as U.S. Pat. No. 6,508,839, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/642,450 filed on Aug. 18, 2000, now issued as U.S. Pat. No. 6,482,235, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/608,797 filed on Jun. 30, 2000, now issued as U.S. Pat. No. 6,425,919, which claims benefit to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/172,996 filed Dec. 21, 1999, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/161,085 filed Oct. 25, 1999, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/149,490 filed Aug. 18, 1999, the entire teachings of these applications being incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • 1. Field of the Invention
  • The present invention relates to the surgical treatment of intervertebral discs in the lumbar, cervical, or thoracic spine that have suffered from tears in the anulus fibrosis, herniation of the nucleus pulposus and/or significant disc height loss.
  • 1. Description of the Related Art
  • The disc performs the important role of absorbing mechanical loads while allowing for constrained flexibility of the spine. The disc is composed of a soft, central nucleus pulposus (NP) surrounded by a tough, woven anulus fibrosis (AF). Herniation is a result of a weakening in the AF. Symptomatic herniations occur when weakness in the AF allows the NP to bulge or leak posteriorly toward the spinal cord and major nerve roots. The most common resulting symptoms are pain radiating along a compressed nerve and low back pain, both of which can be crippling for the patient. The significance of this problem is increased by the low average age of diagnosis, with over 80% of patients in the U.S. being under 59.
  • Systems and methods for repairing tears in soft tissues are known in the art. Also, disclosed in the art are methods of augmenting the intervertebral disc. However, the efficacious treatment of intervertebral discs has not been adequately addressed using the systems and methods in the art. Accordingly, there still remains a need for devices and methods to treat intervertebral discs that have been compromised, including, but not limited to, discs that have suffered from tears in the anulus fibrosis, herniation of the nucleus pulposus and/or significant disc height loss.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Various embodiments of the present invention seek to exploit the individual characteristics of various anulus and nuclear augmentation devices to optimize the performance of both within the intervertebral disc. A primary function of anulus augmentation devices is to prevent or minimize the extrusion of materials from within the space normally occupied by the nucleus pulposus and inner anulus fibrosus. A primary function of nuclear augmentation devices is to at least temporarily add material to restore diminished disc height and pressure. Nuclear augmentation devices can also induce the growth or formation of material within the nuclear space. Accordingly, the inventive combination of these devices can create a synergistic effect wherein the anulus and nuclear augmentation devices serve to restore biomechanical function in a more natural biomimetic way. Furthermore, according to the invention both devices may be delivered more easily and less invasively. Also, the pressurized environment made possible through the addition of nuclear augmentation material and closing of the anulus serves both to restrain the nuclear augmentation and anchor the anulus augmentation in place.
  • One or more of the embodiments of the present invention also provide non-permanent, minimally invasive and removable devices for closing a defect in an anulus and augmenting the nucleus.
  • One or more of the embodiments of the present invention additionally provide an anulus augmentation device that is adapted for use with flowable nuclear augmentation material such that the flowable material cannot escape from the anulus after the anulus augmentation device has been implanted.
  • There is provided in accordance with one aspect of the present invention, a disc augmentation system configured to repair or rehabilitate an intervertebral disc. The system comprises at least one anulus augmentation device, and at least one nuclear augmentation material. The anulus augmentation device prevents or minimizes the extrusion of materials from within the space normally occupied by the nucleus pulposus and inner anulus fibrosus. In one application of the invention, the anulus augmentation device is configured for minimally invasive implantation and deployment. The anulus augmentation device may either be a permanent implant, or removable.
  • The nuclear augmentation material may restore diminished disc height and/or pressure. It may include factors for inducing the growth or formation of material within the nuclear space. It may either be permanent, removable, or absorbable.
  • The nuclear augmentation material may be in the form of liquids, gels, solids, or gases. It may include any/or combinations of steroids, antibiotics, tissue necrosis factors, tissue necrosis factor antagonists, analgesics, growth factors, genes, gene vectors, hyaluronic acid, noncross-linked collagen, collagen, fibren, liquid fat, oils, synthetic polymers, polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils, saline and hydrogel. The hydrogel may be selected from the group consisting of acrylonitriles, acrylic acids, polyacrylimides, acrylimides, acrylimidines, polyacrylnitriles, and polyvinyl alcohols.
  • Solid form nuclear augmentation materials may be in the form of geometric shapes such as cubes, spheroids, disc-like components, ellipsoid, rhombohedral, cylindrical, or amorphous. The solid material may be in powder form, and may be selected from the group consisting of titanium, stainless steel, nitinol, cobalt, chrome, resorbable materials, polyurethane, polyesther, PEEK, PET, FEP, PTFE, ePTFE, PMMA, nylon, carbon fiber, Delrin, polyvinyl alcohol gels, polyglycolic acid, polyethylene glycol, silicone gel, silicone rubber, vulcanized rubber, gas-filled vesicles, bone, hydroxy apetite, collagen such as cross-linked collagen, muscle tissue, fat, cellulose, keratin, cartilage, protein polymers, transplanted nucleus pulposus, bioengineered nucleus pulposus, transplanted anulus fibrosis, and bioengineered anulus fibrosis. Structures may also be utilized, such as inflatable balloons or other inflatable containers, and spring-biased structures.
  • The nuclear augmentation material may additionally comprise a biologically active compound. The compound may be selected from the group consisting of drug carriers, genetic vectors, genes, therapeutic agents, growth renewal agents, growth inhibitory agents, analgesics, anti-infectious agents, and anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • In accordance with another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of repairing or rehabilitating an intervertebral disk. The method comprises the steps of inserting at least one anulus augmentation device into the disc, and inserting at least one nuclear augmentation material, to be held within the disc by the anulus augmentation device. The nuclear augmentation material may conform to a first, healthy region of the anulus, while the anulus augmentation device conforms to a second, weaker region of the anulus.
  • In one embodiment, a method of repairing a herniated disc is provided. In one aspect, at least a portion of the herniated segment is displaced to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc and at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment is anchored to a site within the functional spine unit. In a further aspect, a first anchor is attached to at least a portion of the herniated segment of a disc, a second anchor is attached to a site within the functional spine unit, at least one connector is provided which joins the first and second anchors, and tension is applied between the first and second anchors along the connector to cause the herniated segment to move within the pre-herniated borders of the disc. In one embodiment, biocompatible material is inserted into the disc space to aid in restoring disc height.
  • In several aspects of the invention, the connector includes, but is not limited to one or more sutures, wires, rigid rods, broad bands, pins, woven tubes and webs.
  • In one embodiment, a method of repairing a herniated disc that includes displacing at least a portion of the herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc and anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to a site within the functional spine unit is provided. In one aspect, this method further includes attaching a first anchor to at least a portion of the herniated segment of a disc, attaching a second anchor to a site within the functional spine unit, providing at least one connector which joins the first and second anchors and applying tension between the first and second anchors along the connector means to cause the herniated segment to move within the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • In a further aspect, biocompatible material is inserted into the disc space. In one embodiment, the material is added to aid in restoring disc height. In one aspect, at least a portion of the biocompatible material is attached to the connector.
  • In several embodiments, the step of anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to a site within the functional spine unit includes anchoring at least a portion of the displaced herniated segment to the superior vertebral body, inferior vertebral body, anterior anulus fibrosus, anterior medial anulus fibrosus and/or anterior lateral anulus fibrosus.
  • Further features and advantages of the present invention will become apparent to those of skill in the art in view of the detailed description of preferred embodiments which follows, when taken together with the attached drawings and claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The foregoing and other objects, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following more particular description of preferred embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying drawings in which like reference characters refer to the same parts throughout the different views. The drawings are not necessarily to scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of the invention.
  • FIG. 1A shows a transverse section of a portion of a functional spine unit, in which part of a vertebra and intervertebral disc are depicted.
  • FIG. 1B shows a sagittal cross section of a portion of a functional spine unit shown in FIG. 1A, in which two lumbar vertebrae and the intervertebral disc are visible.
  • FIG. 1C shows partial disruption of the inner layers of an anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 2A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the present invention prior to supporting a herniated segment.
  • FIG. 2B shows a transverse section of the construct in FIG. 2A supporting the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 3A shows a transverse section of another embodiment of the disclosed invention after placement of the device.
  • FIG. 3B shows a transverse section of the construct in FIG. 3A after tension is applied to support the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 4A shows a transverse view of an alternate embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 4B shows a sagittal view of the alternate embodiment shown in FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 5A shows a transverse view of another aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5B shows the delivery tube of FIG. 5A being used to displace the herniated segment to within its pre-herniated borders.
  • FIG. 5C shows a one-piece embodiment of the invention in an anchored and supporting position.
  • FIG. 6 shows one embodiment of the invention supporting a weakened posterior anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 7A shows a transverse section of another aspect of the disclosed invention demonstrating two stages involved in augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc.
  • FIG. 7B shows a sagittal view of the invention shown in FIG. 7A.
  • FIG. 8 a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc and support/closure of the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 9A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc with the flexible augmentation material anchored to the anterior lateral anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 9B shows a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc with the flexible augmentation material anchored to the anulus fibrosis by a one-piece anchor.
  • FIG. 10A shows a transverse section of one aspect of the disclosed invention involving augmentation of the soft tissues of the disc.
  • FIG. 10B shows the construct of FIG. 10A after the augmentation material has been inserted into the disc.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a transverse section of a barrier mounted within an anulus.
  • FIG. 12 shows a sagittal view of the barrier of FIG. 11.
  • FIG. 13 shows a transverse section of a barrier anchored within a disc.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a sagittal view of the barrier shown in FIG. 13.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates the use of a second anchoring device for a barrier mounted within a disc.
  • FIG. 16A is an transverse view of the intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 16B is a sagittal section along the midline of the intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 17 is an axial view of the intervertebral disc with the right half of a sealing means of a barrier means being placed against the interior aspect of a defect in anulus fibrosis by a dissection/delivery tool.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a full sealing means placed on the interior aspect of a defect in anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 19 depicts the sealing means of FIG. 18 being secured to tissues surrounding the defect.
  • FIG. 20 depicts the sealing means of FIG. 19 after fixation means have been passed into surrounding tissues.
  • FIG. 21A depicts an axial view of the sealing means of FIG. 20 having enlarging means inserted into the interior cavity.
  • FIG. 21B depicts the construct of FIG. 21 in a sagittal section.
  • FIG. 22A shows an alternative fixation scheme for the sealing means and enlarging means.
  • FIG. 22B shows the construct of FIG. 22A in a sagittal section with an anchor securing a fixation region of the enlarging means to a superior vertebral body in a location proximate to the defect.
  • FIG. 23A depicts an embodiment of the barrier means of the present invention being secured to an anulus using fixation means.
  • FIG. 23B depicts an embodiment of the barrier means of FIG. 23A secured to an anulus by two fixation darts wherein the fixation tool has been removed.
  • FIGS. 24A and 24B depict a barrier means positioned between layers of the anulus fibrosis on either side of a defect.
  • FIG. 25 depicts an axial cross section of a large version of a barrier means.
  • FIG. 26 depicts an axial cross section of a barrier means in position across a defect following insertion of two augmentation devices.
  • FIG. 27 depicts the barrier means as part of an elongated augmentation device.
  • FIG. 28A depicts an axial section of an alternate configuration of the augmentation device of FIG. 27.
  • FIG. 28B depicts a sagittal section of an alternate configuration of the augmentation device of FIG. 27.
  • FIGS. 29A-D depict deployment of a barrier from an entry site remote from the defect in the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIGS. 30A, 30B, 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, and 33B depict axial and sectional views, respectively, of various embodiments of the barrier.
  • FIG. 34A shows a non-axisymmetric expansion means or frame.
  • FIGS. 34B and 34C illustrate perspective views of a frame mounted within an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 35 and 36 illustrate alternate embodiments of the expansion means shown in FIG. 34.
  • FIGS. 37A-C illustrate a front, side, and perspective view, respectively, of an alternate embodiment of the expansion means shown in FIG. 34.
  • FIG. 38 an alternate expansion means to that shown in FIG. 37A.
  • FIGS. 39A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having a circular cross-section.
  • FIGS. 40A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having an oval shaped cross-section.
  • FIGS. 40E, 40F and 40I illustrate a front, back and top view, respectively of the tubular expansion means of FIG. 40A having a sealing means covering an exterior surface of an anulus face.
  • FIGS. 40G and 40H show the tubular expansion means of FIG. 40A having a sealing means covering an interior surface of an anulus face.
  • FIGS. 41A-D illustrate a tubular expansion means having an egg-shaped cross-section.
  • FIG. 42A-D depicts cross sections of a preferred embodiment of sealing and enlarging means.
  • FIG. 43A and 43B depict an alternative configuration of enlarging means.
  • FIG. 44A and 44B depict an alternative shape of the barrier means.
  • FIG. 45 is a section of a device used to affix sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 46 depicts the use of a thermal device to heat and adhere sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 47 depicts an expandable thermal element that can be used to adhere sealing means to tissues surrounding a defect.
  • FIG. 48 depicts an alternative embodiment to the thermal device of FIG. 46.
  • FIGS. 49A-G illustrate a method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 50A-F show an alternate method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 51A-C show another alternate method of implanting an intradiscal implant.
  • FIGS. 52A and 52B illustrate an implant guide used with the intradiscal implant system.
  • FIG. 53A illustrates a barrier having stiffening plate elements.
  • FIG. 53B illustrates a sectional view of the barrier of FIG. 53A.
  • FIG. 54A shows a stiffening plate.
  • FIG. 54B shows a sectional view of the stiffening plate of FIG. 54A.
  • FIG. 55A illustrates a barrier having stiffening rod elements.
  • FIG. 55B illustrates a sectional view of the barrier of FIG. 55A.
  • FIG. 56A illustrates a stiffening rod.
  • FIG. 56B illustrates a sectional view of the stiffening rod of FIG. 56A.
  • FIG. 57 shows an alternate configuration for the location of the fixation devices of the barrier of FIG. 44A.
  • FIGS. 58A and 58B illustrate a dissection device for an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B illustrate an alternate dissection device for an intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 60A-C illustrate a dissector component.
  • FIGS. 61A-D illustrate a method of inserting a disc implant within an intervertebral disc.
  • FIG. 62 depicts a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along the inner surface of a lamella. Implanted conformable nuclear augmentation is also shown in contact with the barrier.
  • FIG. 63 shows a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along an inner surface of a lamella. Implanted nuclear augmentation comprised of a hydrophilic flexible solid is also shown.
  • FIG. 64 shows a cross-sectional transverse view of a barrier device implanted within a disc along an inner surface of a lamella. Several types of implanted nuclear augmentation including a solid geometric shape, a composite solid, and a free flowing liquid are also shown.
  • FIG. 65 illustrates a sagittal cross-sectional view of a barrier device connected to an inflatable nuclear augmentation device.
  • FIG. 66 depicts a sagittal cross-sectional view of a functional spine unit containing a barrier device unit connected to a wedge shaped nuclear augmentation device.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT
  • The present invention provides for an in vivo augmented functional spine unit. A functional spine unit includes the bony structures of two adjacent vertebrae (or vertebral bodies), the soft tissue (anulus fibrosis (AF), and optionally nucleus pulposus (NP)) of the intervertebral disc, and the ligaments, musculature and connective tissue connected to the vertebrae. The intervertebral disc is substantially situated in the intervertebral space formed between the adjacent vertebrae. Augmentation of the functional spine unit can include repair of a herniated disc segment, support of a weakened, torn or damaged anulus fibrosis, or the addition of material to or replacement of all or part of the nucleus pulposus. Augmentation of the functional spine unit is provided by herniation constraining devices and disc augmentation devices situated in the intervertebral disc space.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B show the general anatomy of a functional spine unit 45. In this description and the following claims, the terms ‘anterior’ and ‘posterior’, ‘superior’ and ‘inferior’ are defined by their standard usage in anatomy, i.e., anterior is a direction toward the front (ventral) side of the body or organ, posterior is a direction toward the back (dorsal) side of the body or organ; superior is upward (toward the head) and inferior is lower (toward the feet).
  • FIG. 1A is an axial view along the transverse axis M of a vertebral body with the intervertebral disc 15 superior to the vertebral body. Axis M shows the anterior (A) and posterior (P) orientation of the functional spine unit within the anatomy. The intervertebral disc 15 contains the anulus fibrosis (AF) 10 which surrounds a central nucleus pulposus (NP) 20. A Herniated segment 30 is depicted by a dashed-line. The herniated segment 30 protrudes beyond the pre-herniated posterior border 40 of the disc. Also shown in this figure are the left 70 and right 70′ transverse spinous processes and the posterior spinous process 80.
  • FIG. 1B is a sagittal section along sagittal axis N through the midline of two adjacent vertebral bodies 50 (superior) and 50′ (inferior). Intervertebral disc space 55 is formed between the two vertebral bodies and contains intervertebral disc 15, which supports and cushions the vertebral bodies and permits movement of the two vertebral bodies with respect to each other and other adjacent functional spine units.
  • Intervertebral disc 15 is comprised of the outer AF 10 which normally surrounds and constrains the NP 20 to be wholly within the borders of the intervertebral disc space. In FIGS. 1A and 1B, herniated segment 30, represented by the dashed-line, has migrated posterior to the pre-herniated border 40 of the posterior AF of the disc. Axis M extends between the anterior (A) and posterior (P) of the functional spine unit. The vertebral bodies also include facet joints 60 and the superior 90 and inferior 90′ pedicle that form the neural foramen 100. Disc height loss occurs when the superior vertebral body 50 moves inferiorly relative to the inferior vertebral body 50′.
  • Partial disruption 121 of the inner layers of the anulus 10 without a true perforation has also been linked to chronic low back pain. Such a disruption 4 is illustrated in FIG. 1C. It is thought that weakness of these inner layers forces the sensitive outer anulus lamellae to endure higher stresses. This increased stress stimulates the small nerve fibers penetrating the outer anulus, which results in both localized and referred pain.
  • In one embodiment of the present invention, the disc herniation constraining devices 13 provide support for returning all or part of the herniated segment 30 to a position substantially within its pre-herniated borders 40. The disc herniation constraining device includes an anchor which is positioned at a site within the functional spine unit, such as the superior or inferior vertebral body, or the anterior medial, or anterior lateral anulus fibrosis. The anchor is used as a point against which all or part of the herniated segment is tensioned so as to return the herniated segment to its pre-herniated borders, and thereby relieve pressure on otherwise compressed neural tissue and structures. A support member is positioned in or posterior to the herniated segment, and is connected to the anchor by a connecting member. Sufficient tension is applied to the connecting member so that the support member returns the herniated segment to a pre-herniated position. In various embodiments, augmentation material is secured within the intervertebral disc space, which assists the NP in cushioning and supporting the inferior and superior vertebral bodies. An anchor secured in a portion of the functional spine unit and attached to the connection member and augmentation material limits movement of the augmentation material within the intervertebral disc space. A supporting member, located opposite the anchor, may optionally provide a second point of attachment for the connection member and further hinder the movement of the augmentation material within the intervertebral disc space.
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B depict one embodiment of device 13. FIG. 2A shows the elements of the constraining device in position to correct the herniated segment. Anchor 1 is securely established in a location within the functional spine unit, such as the anterior AF shown in the figure. Support member 2 is positioned in or posterior to herniated segment 30. Leading from and connected to anchor 1 is connection member 3, which serves to connect anchor 1 to support member 2. Depending on the location chosen for support member 2, the connection member may traverse through all or part of the herniated segment.
  • FIG. 2B shows the positions of the various elements of the herniation constraining device 13 when the device 13 is supporting the herniated segment. Tightening connection member 2 allows it to transmit tensile forces along its length, which causes herniated segment 30 to move anteriorly, i.e., in the direction of its pre-herniated borders. Once herniated segment 30 is in the desired position, connection member 3 is secured in a permanent fashion between anchor 1 and support member 2. This maintains tension between anchor 1 and support member 2 and restricts motion of the herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc. Support member 2 is used to anchor to herniated segment 30, support a weakened AF in which no visual evidence of herniation is apparent, and may also be used to close a defect in the AF in the vicinity of herniated segment 30.
  • Anchor 1 is depicted in a representative form, as it can take one of many suitable shapes, be made from one of a variety of biocompatible materials, and be constructed so as to fall within a range of stiffness. It can be a permanent device constructed of durable plastic or metal or can be made from a resorbable material such as polylactic acid (PLA) or polyglycolic acid (PGA). Specific embodiments are not shown, but many possible designs would be obvious to anyone skilled in the art. Embodiments include, but are not limited to, a barbed anchor made of PLA or a metal coil that can be screwed into the anterior AF. Anchor 1 can be securely established within a portion of the functional spine unit in the usual and customary manner for such devices and locations, such as being screwed into bone, sutured into tissue or bone, or affixed to tissue or bone using an adhesive method, such as cement, or other suitable surgical adhesives. Once established within the bone or tissue, anchor I should remain relatively stationary within the bone or tissue.
  • Support member 2 is also depicted in a representative format and shares the same flexibility in material and design as anchor 1. Both device elements can be of the same design, or they can be of different designs, each better suited to being established in healthy and diseased tissue respectively. Alternatively, in other forms, support member 2 can be a cap or a bead shape, which also serves to secure a tear or puncture in the AF, or it can be bar or plate shaped, with or without barbs to maintain secure contact with the herniated segment. Support member 2 can be established securely to, within, or posterior to the herniated segment.
  • The anchor and support member can include suture, bone anchors, soft tissue anchors, tissue adhesives, and materials that support tissue ingrowth although other forms and materials are possible. They may be permanent devices or resorbable. Their attachment to a portion of FSU and herniated segment must be strong enough to resist the tensional forces that result from repair of the hernia and the loads generated during daily activities.
  • Connection member 3 is also depicted in representative fashion. Member 3 may be in the format of a flexible filament, such as a single or multi-strand suture, wire, or perhaps a rigid rod or broad band of material, for example. The connection member can further include suture, wire, pins, and woven tubes or webs of material. It can be constructed from a variety of materials, either permanent or resorbable, and can be of any shape suitable to fit within the confines of the intervertebral disc space. The material chosen is preferably adapted to be relatively stiff while in tension, and relatively flexible against all other loads. This allows for maximal mobility of the herniated segment relative to the anchor without the risk of the supported segment moving outside of the pre-herniated borders of the disc. The connection member may be an integral component of either the anchor or support member or a separate component. For example, the connection member and support member could be a length of non-resorbing suture that is coupled to an anchor, tensioned against the anchor, and sewn to the herniated segment.
  • FIGS. 3A and 3B depict another embodiment of device 13. In FIG. 3A the elements of the herniation constraining device are shown in position prior to securing a herniated segment. Anchor 1 is positioned in the AF and connection member 3 is attached to anchor 1. Support member 4 is positioned posterior to the posterior-most aspect of herniated segment 30. In this way, support member 4 does not need to be secured in herniated segment 30 to cause herniated segment 30 to move within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc. Support member 4 has the same flexibility in design and material as anchor 1, and may further take the form of a flexible patch or rigid plate or bar of material that is either affixed to the posterior aspect of herniated segment 30 or is simply in a form that is larger than any hole in the AF directly anterior to support member 4. FIG. 3B shows the positions of the elements of the device when tension is applied between anchor 1 and support member 4 along connection member 3. The herniated segment is displaced anteriorly, within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B show five examples of suitable anchoring sites within the FSU for anchor 1. FIG. 4A shows an axial view of anchor 1 in various positions within the anterior and lateral AF. FIG. 4B similarly shows a sagittal view of the various acceptable anchoring sites for anchor 1. Anchor 1 is secured in the superior vertebral body 50, inferior vertebral body 50′ or anterior AF 10, although any site that can withstand the tension between anchor 1 and support member 2 along connection member 3 to support a herniated segment within its pre-herniated borders 40 is acceptable.
  • Generally, a suitable position for affixing one or more anchors is a location anterior to the herniated segment such that, when tension is applied along connection member 3, herniated segment 30 is returned to a site within the pre-herniated borders 40. The site chosen for the anchor should be able to withstand the tensile forces applied to the anchor when the connection member is brought under tension. Because most symptomatic herniations occur in the posterior or posterior lateral directions, the preferable site for anchor placement is anterior to the site of the herniation. Any portion of the involved FSU is generally acceptable, however the anterior, anterior medial, or anterior lateral AF is preferable. These portions of the AF have been shown to have considerably greater strength and stiffness than the posterior or posterior lateral portions of the AF. As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, anchor 1 can be a single anchor in any of the shown locations, or there can be multiple anchors 1 affixed in various locations and connected to a support member 2 to support the herniated segment. Connection member 3 can be one continuous length that is threaded through the sited anchors and the support member, or it can be several individual strands of material each terminated under tension between one or more anchors and one or more support members.
  • In various forms of the invention, the anchor(s) and connection member(s) may be introduced and implanted in the patient, with the connection member under tension. Alternatively, those elements may be installed, without introducing tension to the connection member, but where the connection member is adapted to be under tension when the patient is in a non-horizontal position, i.e., resulting from loading in the intervertebral disc.
  • FIGS. 5A-C show an alternate embodiment of herniation constraining device 13A. In this series of figures, device 13A, a substantially one-piece construct, is delivered through a delivery tube 6, although device 13A could be delivered in a variety of ways including, but not limited to, by hand or by a hand held grasping instrument. In FIG. 5A, device 13A in delivery tube 6 is positioned against herniated segment 30. In FIG. 5B, the herniated segment is displaced within its pre-herniated borders 40 by device 13A and/or delivery tube 6 such that when, in FIG. 5C, device 13A has been delivered through delivery tube 6, and secured within a portion of the FSU, the device supports the displaced herniated segment within its pre-herniated border 40. Herniation constraining device 13A can be made of a variety of materials and have one of many possible forms so long as it allows support of the herniated segment 30 within the pre-herniated borders 40 of the disc. Device 13A can anchor the herniated segment 30 to any suitable anchoring site within the FSU, including, but not limited to the superior vertebral body, inferior vertebral body, or anterior AF. Device 13A may be used additionally to close a defect in the AF of herniated segment 30. Alternatively, any such defect may be left open or may be closed using another means.
  • FIGS. 6 depicts the substantially one-piece device 13A supporting a weakened segment 30′ of the posterior AF 10′. Device 13A is positioned in or posterior to the weakened segment 30′ and secured to a portion of the FSU, such as the superior vertebral body 50, shown in the figure, or the inferior vertebral body 50′ or anterior or anterior-lateral anulus fibrosis 10. In certain patients, there may be no obvious herniation found at surgery. However, a weakened or torn AF that may not be protruding beyond the pre-herniated borders of the disc may still induce the surgeon to remove all or part of the NP in order to decrease the risk of herniation. As an alternative to discectomy, any of the embodiments of the invention may be used to support and perhaps close defects in weakened segments of AF.
  • A further embodiment of the present invention involves augmentation of the soft tissues of the intervertebral disc to avoid or reverse disc height loss. FIGS. 7A and 7B show one embodiment of device 13 securing augmentation material in the intervertebral disc space 55. In the left side of FIG. 7A, anchors 1 have been established in the anterior AF 10. Augmentation material 7 is in the process of being inserted into the disc space along connection member 3 which, in this embodiment, has passageway 9. Support member 2′ is shown ready to be attached to connection member 3 once the augmentation material 7 is properly situated. In this embodiment, connection member 3 passes through an aperture 11 in support member 2′, although many other methods of affixing support member 2′ to connection member 3 are possible and within the scope of this invention.
  • Augmentation material 7 may have a passageway 9, such as a channel, slit or the like, which allows it to slide along the connection member 3, or augmentation material 7 may be solid, and connection member 3 can be threaded through augmentation material by means such as needle or other puncturing device. Connection member 3 is affixed at one end to anchor 1 and terminated at its other end by a support member 2′, one embodiment of which is shown in the figure in a cap-like configuration. Support member 2′ can be affixed to connection member 3 in a variety of ways, including, but not limited to, swaging support member 2′ to connection member 3. In a preferred embodiment, support member 2′ is in a cap configuration and has a dimension (diameter or length and width) larger than the optional passageway 9, which serves to prevent augmentation material 7 from displacing posteriorly with respect to anchor 1. The right half of the intervertebral disc of FIG. 7A (axial view) and FIG. 7B (sagittal view) show augmentation material 7 that has been implanted into the disc space 55 along connection member 3 where it supports the vertebral bodies 50 and 50′. FIG. 7A shows an embodiment in which support member 2′ is affixed to connection member 3 and serves only to prevent augmentation material 7 from moving off connection member 3. The augmentation device is free to move within the disc space. FIG. 7B shows an alternate embodiment in which support member 2′ is embedded in a site in the functional spine unit, such as a herniated segment or posterior anulus fibrosis, to further restrict the movement of augmentation material 7 or spacer material within the disc space.
  • Augmentation or spacer material can be made of any biocompatible, preferably flexible, material. Such a flexible material is preferably fibrous, like cellulose or bovine or autologous collagen. The augmentation material can be plug or disc shaped. It can further be cube-like, ellipsoid, spheroid or any other suitable shape. The augmentation material can be secured within the intervertebral space by a variety of methods, such as but not limited to, a suture loop attached to, around, or through the material, which is then passed to the anchor and support member.
  • FIGS. 8, 9A, 9B and 10A and 10B depict further embodiments of the disc herniation constraining device 13B in use for augmenting soft tissue, particularly tissue within the intervertebral space. In the embodiments shown in FIGS. 8 and 9A, device 13B is secured within the intervertebral disc space providing additional support for NP 20. Anchor 1 is securely affixed in a portion of the FSU, (anterior AF 10 in these figures). Connection member 3 terminates at support member 2, preventing augmentation material 7 from migrating generally posteriorly with respect to anchor 1. Support member 2 is depicted in these figures as established in various locations, such as the posterior AF 10′ in FIG. 8, but support member 2 may be anchored in any suitable location within the FSU, as described previously. Support member 2 may be used to close a defect in the posterior AF. It may also be used to displace a herniated segment to within the pre-herniated borders of the disc by applying tension between anchoring means 1 and 2 along connection member 3.
  • FIG. 9A depicts anchor 1, connection member 3, spacer material 7 and support member 2′ (shown in the “cap”-type configuration) inserted as a single construct and anchored to a site within the disc space, such as the inferior or superior vertebral bodies. This configuration simplifies insertion of the embodiments depicted in FIGS. 7 and 8 by reducing the number of steps to achieve implantation. Connection member 3 is preferably relatively stiff in tension, but flexible against all other loads. Support member 2′ is depicted as a bar element that is larger than passageway 9 in at least one plane.
  • FIG. 9B depicts a variation on the embodiment depicted in FIG. 9A. FIG. 9B shows substantially one-piece disc augmentation device 13C, secured in the intervertebral disc space. Device 13C has anchor 1, connection member 3 and augmentation material 7. Augmentation material 7 and anchor 1 could be pre-assembled prior to insertion into the disc space 55 as a single construct. Alternatively, augmentation material 7 could be inserted first into the disc space and then anchored to a portion of the FSU by anchor 1.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show yet another embodiment of the disclosed invention, 13D. In FIG. 10A, two connection members 3 and 3′ are attached to anchor 1. Two plugs of augmentation material 7 and 7′ are inserted into the disc space along connection members 3 and 3′. Connection members 3 and 3′ are then bound together (e.g., knotted together, fused, or the like). This forms loop 3″ that serves to prevent augmentation materials 7 and 7′ from displacing posteriorly. FIG. 10B shows the position of the augmentation material 7 after it is secured by the loop 3″ and anchor 1. Various combinations of augmentation material, connecting members and anchors can be used in this embodiment, such as using a single plug of augmentation material, or two connection members leading from anchor 1 with each of the connection members being bound to at least one other connection member. It could further be accomplished with more than one anchor with at least one connection member leading from each anchor, and each of the connection members being bound to at least one other connection member.
  • Any of the devices described herein can be used for closing defects in the AF whether created surgically or during the herniation event. Such methods may also involve the addition of biocompatible material to either the AF or NP. This material could include sequestered or extruded segments of the NP found outside the pre-herniated borders of the disc.
  • FIGS. 11-15 illustrate devices used in and methods for closing a defect in an anulus fibrosis. One method involves the insertion of a barrier or barrier means 12 into the disc 15. This procedure can accompany surgical discectomy. It can also be done without the removal of any portion of the disc 15 and further in combination with the insertion of an augmentation material or device into the disc 15.
  • The method consists of inserting the barrier 12 into the interior of the disc 15 and positioning it proximate to the interior aspect of the anulus defect 16. The barrier material is preferably considerably larger in area than the size of the defect 16, such that at least some portion of the barrier means 12 abuts healthier anulus fibrosis 10. The device acts to seal the anulus defect 16, recreating the closed isobaric environment of a healthy disc nucleus 20. This closure can be achieved simply by an over-sizing of the implant relative to the defect 16. It can also be achieved by affixing the barrier means 12 to tissues within the functional spinal unit. In a preferred aspect of the present invention, the barrier 12 is affixed to the anulus surrounding the anulus defect 16. This can be achieved with sutures, staples, glues or other suitable fixation means or fixation device 14. The barrier means 12 can also be larger in area than the defect 16 and be affixed to a tissue or structure opposite the defect 16, i.e. anterior tissue in the case of a posterior defect.
  • The barrier means 12 is preferably flexible in nature. It can be constructed of a woven material such as Dacron™ or Nylon™, a synthetic polyamide or polyester, a polyethylene, and can further be an expanded material, such as expanded polytetrafluroethylene (e-PTFE), for example. The barrier means 12 can also be a biologic material such as cross-linked collagen or cellulous.
  • The barrier means 12 can be a single piece of material. It can have an expandable means or component that allows it to be expanded from a compressed state after insertion into the interior of the disc 15. This expandable means can be active, such as a balloon, or passive, such as a hydrophilic material. The expandable means can also be a self-expanding elastically deforming material, for example.
  • FIGS. 11 and 12 illustrate a barrier 12 mounted within an anulus 10 and covering an anulus defect 16. The barrier 12 can be secured to the anulus 10 with a fixation mechanism or fixation means 14. The fixation means 14 can include a plurality of suture loops placed through the barrier 12 and the anulus 10. Such fixation can prevent motion or slipping of the barrier 12 away from the anulus defect 16.
  • The barrier means 12 can also be anchored to the disc 15 in multiple locations. In one preferred embodiment, shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the barrier means 12 can be affixed to the anulus tissue 10 in or surrounding the defect and further affixed to a secondary fixation site opposite the defect, e.g. the anterior anulus 10 in a posterior herniation, or the inferior 50′ or superior 50 vertebral body. For example, fixation means 14 can be used to attach the barrier 12 to the anulus 10 near the defect 16, while an anchoring mechanism 18 can secure the barrier 12 to a secondary fixation site. A connector 22 can attach the barrier 12 to the anchor 18. Tension can be applied between the primary and secondary fixation sites through a connector 22 so as to move the anulus defect 16 toward the secondary fixation site. This may be particularly beneficial in closing defects 16 that result in posterior herniations. By using this technique, the herniation can be moved and supported away from any posterior neural structures while further closing any defect in the anulus 10.
  • The barrier means 12 can further be integral to a fixation means such that the barrier means affixes itself to tissues within the functional spinal unit.
  • Any of the methods described above can be augmented by the use of a second barrier or a second barrier means 24 placed proximate to the outer aspect of the defect 16 as shown in FIG. 15. The second barrier 24 can further be affixed to the inner barrier means 12 by the use of a fixation means 14 such as suture material.
  • FIGS. 16A and 16B depict intervertebral disc 15 comprising nucleus pulposus 20 and anulus fibrosis 10. Nucleus pulposus 20 forms a first anatomic region and extra-discal space 500 (any space exterior to the disc) forms a second anatomic region wherein these regions are separated by anulus fibrosis 10.
  • FIG. 16A is an axial (transverse) view of the intervertebral disc. A posterior lateral defect 16 in anulus fibrosis 10 has allowed a segment 30 of nucleus pulposus 20 to herniate into an extra discal space 500. Interior aspect 32 and exterior aspect 34 are shown, as are the right 70′ and left 70 transverse processes and posterior process 80.
  • FIG. 16B is a sagittal section along the midline intervertebral disc. Superior pedicle 90 and inferior pedicle 90′ extend posteriorly from superior vertebral body 95 and inferior vertebral body 95′ respectively.
  • To prevent further herniation of the nucleus 20 and to repair any present herniation, in a preferred embodiment, a barrier or barrier means 12 can be placed into a space between the anulus 10 and the nucleus 20 proximate to the inner aspect 32 of defect 16, as depicted in FIGS. 17 and 18. The space can be created by blunt dissection. Dissection can be achieved with a separate dissection instrument, with the barrier means 12 itself, or a combined dissection/barrier delivery tool 100. This space is preferably no larger than the barrier means such that the barrier means 12 can be in contact with both anulus 10 and nucleus 20. This allows the barrier means 12 to transfer load from the nucleus 20 to the anulus 10 when the disc is pressurized during activity.
  • In position, the barrier means 12 preferably spans the defect 16 and extends along the interior aspect 36 of the anulus 10 until it contacts healthy tissues on all sides of the defect 16, or on a sufficient extent of adjacent healthy tissue to provide adequate support under load. Healthy tissue may be non-diseased tissue and/or load bearing tissue, which may be micro-perforated or non-perforated. Depending on the extent of the defect 16, the contacted tissues can include the anulus 10, cartilage overlying the vertebral endplates, and/or the endplates themselves.
  • In the preferred embodiment, the barrier means 12 comprises two components—a sealing means or sealing component 51 and an enlarging means or enlarging component 53, shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B.
  • The sealing means 51 forms the periphery of the barrier 12 and has an interior cavity 17. There is at least one opening 8 leading into cavity 17 from the exterior of the sealing means 51. Sealing means 51 is preferably compressible or collapsible to a dimension that can readily be inserted into the disc 15 through a relatively small hole. This hole can be the defect 16 itself or a site remote from the defect 16. The sealing means 51 is constructed from a material and is formed in such a manner as to resist the passage of fluids and other materials around sealing means 51 and through the defect 16. The sealing means 51 can be constructed from one or any number of a variety of materials including, but not limited to PTFE, e-PTFE, Nylon™, Marlex™, high-density polyethylene, and/or collagen. The thickness of the sealing component has been found to be optimal between about 0.001 inches (0.127 mm) and 0.063 inches (1.6 mm).
  • The enlarging means 53 can be sized to fit within cavity 17 of sealing means 51. It is preferably a single object of a dimension that can be inserted through the same defect 16 through which the sealing means 51 was passed. The enlarging means 53 can expand the sealing means 51 to an expanded state as it is passed into cavity 17. One purpose of enlarging means 53 is to expand sealing means 51 to a size greater than that of the defect 16 such that the assembled barrier 12 prevents passage of material through the defect 16. The enlarger 53 can further impart stiffness to the barrier 12 such that the barrier 12 resists the pressures within nucleus pulposus 20 and expulsion through the defect 16. The enlarging means 53 can be constructed from one or any number of materials including, but not limited to, silicon rubber, various plastics, stainless steel, nickel titanium alloys, or other metals. These materials may form a solid object, a hollow object, coiled springs or other suitable forms capable of filling cavity 17 within sealing means 51.
  • The sealing means 51, enlarging means 53, or the barrier means 12 constructs can further be affixed to tissues either surrounding the defect 16 or remote from the defect 16. In the preferred embodiment, no aspect of a fixation means or fixation device or the barrier means 12 nor its components extend posterior to the disc 15 or into the extradiscal region 500, avoiding the risk of contacting and irritating the sensitive nerve tissues posterior to the disc 15.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the sealing means 51 is inserted into the disc 15 proximate the interior aspect 36 of the defect. The sealing means 51 is then affixed to the tissues surrounding the defect using a suitable fixation means, such as suture or a soft-tissue anchor. The fixation procedure is preferably performed from the interior of the sealing means cavity 17 as depicted in FIGS. 19 and 20. A fixation delivery instrument 110 is delivered into cavity 17 through opening 8 in the sealing means 51. Fixation devices 14 can then be deployed through a wall of the sealing means 53 into surrounding tissues. Once the fixation means 14 have been passed into surrounding tissue, the fixation delivery instrument 110 can be removed from the disc 15. This method eliminates the need for a separate entryway into the disc 15 for delivery of fixation means 14. It further minimizes the risk of material leaking through sealing means 51 proximate to the fixation means 14. One or more fixation means 14 can be delivered into one or any number of surrounding tissues including the superior 95 and inferior 95′ vertebral bodies. Following fixation of the sealing means 51, the enlarging means 53 can be inserted into cavity 17 of the sealing means 51 to further expand the barrier means 12 construct as well as increase its stiffness, as depicted in FIGS. 21A and 21B. The opening 8 into the sealing means 51 can then be closed by a suture or other means, although this is not a requirement of the present invention. In certain cases, insertion of a separate enlarging means may not be necessary if adequate fixation of the sealing means 51 is achieved.
  • Another method of securing the barrier 12 to tissues is to affix the enlarging means 53 to tissues either surrounding or remote from the defect 16. The enlarging means 53 can have an integral fixation region 4 that facilitates securing it to tissues as depicted in FIGS. 22A, 22B, 32A and 43B. This fixation region 4 can extend exterior to sealing means 51 either through opening 8 or through a separate opening. Fixation region 4 can have a hole through which a fixation means or fixation device 14 can be passed. In a preferred embodiment, the barrier 12 is affixed to at least one of the surrounding vertebral bodies (95 and 95′) proximate to the defect using a bone anchor 14′. The bone anchor 14′ can be deployed into the vertebral bodies 50, 50′ at some angle between 0E and 180E relative to a bone anchor deployment tool. As shown the bone anchor 14′ is mounted at 90E relative to the bone anchor deployment tool. Alternatively, the enlarging means 53 itself can have an integral fixation device 14 located at a site or sites along its length.
  • Another method of securing the barrier means 12 is to insert the barrier means 12 through the defect 16 or another opening into the disc 15, position it proximate to the interior aspect 36 of the defect 16, and pass at least one fixation means 14 through the anulus 10 and into the barrier 12. In a preferred embodiment of this method, the fixation means 14 can be darts 15 and are first passed partially into anulus 10 within a fixation device 120, such as a hollow needle. As depicted in FIGS. 23A and 23B, fixation means 25 can be advanced into the barrier means 12 and fixation device 120 removed. Fixation means 25 preferably have two ends, each with a means to prevent movement of that end of the fixation device. Using this method, the fixation means can be lodged in both the barrier 12 and anulus fibrosis 10 without any aspect of fixation means 25 exterior to the disc in the extradiscal region 500.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, the barrier (or “patch”) 12 can be placed between two neighboring layers 33, 37 (lamellae) of the anulus 10 on either or both sides of the defect 16 as depicted in FIGS. 24A and 24B. FIG. 24A shows an axial view while 24B shows a sagittal cross section. Such positioning spans the defect 16. The barrier means 12 can be secured using the methods outlined.
  • A dissecting tool can be used to form an opening extending circumferentially 31 within the anulus fibrosis such that the barrier can be inserted into the opening. Alternatively, the barrier itself can have a dissecting edge such that it can be driven at least partially into the sidewalls of defect 16, annulotomy 416, access hole 417 or opening in the anulus. This process can make use of the naturally layered structure in the anulus in which adjacent layers 33, 37 are defined by a circumferentially extending boundary 35 between the layers.
  • Another embodiment of the barrier 12 is a patch having a length, oriented along the circumference of the disc, which is substantially greater than its height, which is oriented along the distance separating the surrounding vertebral bodies. A barrier 12 having a length greater than its height is illustrated in FIG. 25. The barrier 12 can be positioned across the defect 16 as well as the entirety of the posterior aspect of the anulus fibrosis 10. Such dimensions of the barrier 12 can help to prevent the barrier 12 from slipping after insertion and can aid in distributing the pressure of the nucleus 20 evenly along the posterior aspect of the anulus 10.
  • The barrier 12 can be used in conjunction with an augmentation device 11 inserted within the anulus 10. The augmentation device 11 can include separate augmentation devices 42 as shown in FIG. 26. The augmentation device 11 can also be a single augmentation device 44 and can form part of the barrier 12 as barrier region 300, coiled within the anulus fibrosis 10, as shown in FIG. 27. Either the barrier 12 or barrier region 300 can be secured to the tissues surrounding the defect 16 by fixation devices or darts 25, or be left unconstrained.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, the barrier or patch 12 may be used as part of a method to augment the intervertebral disc. In one aspect of this method, augmentation material or devices are inserted into the disc through a defect (either naturally occurring or surgically generated). Many suitable augmentation materials and devices are discussed above and in the prior art. As depicted in FIG. 26, the barrier means is then inserted to aid in closing the defect and/or to aid in transferring load from the augmentation materials/devices to healthy tissues surrounding the defect. In another aspect of this method, the barrier means is an integral component to an augmentation device. As shown in FIGS. 27, 28A and 28B, the augmentation portion may comprise a length of elastic material that can be inserted linearly through a defect in the anulus. A region 300 of the length forms the barrier means of the present invention and can be positioned proximate to the interior aspect of the defect once the nuclear space is adequately filled. Barrier region 300 may then be affixed to surrounding tissues such as the AF and/or the neighboring vertebral bodies using any of the methods and devices described above.
  • FIGS. 28A and 28B illustrate axial and sagittal sections, respectively, of an alternate configuration of an augmentation device 38. In this embodiment, barrier region 300 extends across the defect 16 and has fixation region 4 facilitating fixation of the device 13 to superior vertebral body 50 with anchor 14′.
  • FIGS. 29A-D illustrate the deployment of a barrier 12 from an entry site 800 remote from the defect in the anulus fibrosis 10. FIG. 29A shows insertion instrument 130 with a distal end positioned within the disc space occupied by nucleus pulposus 20. FIG. 29B depicts delivery catheter 140 exiting the distal end of insertion instrument 130 with barrier 12 on its distal end. Barrier 12 is positioned across the interior aspect of the defect 16. FIG. 29C depicts the use of an expandable barrier 12′ wherein delivery catheter 140 is used to expand the barrier 12′ with balloon 150 on its distal end. Balloon 150 may exploit heat to further adhere barrier 12′ to surrounding tissue. FIG. 29D depicts removal of balloon 150 and delivery catheter 140 from the disc space leaving expanded barrier means 12′ positioned across defect 16.
  • Another method of securing the barrier means 12 is to adhere it to surrounding tissues through the application of heat. In this embodiment, the barrier means 12 includes a sealing means 51 comprised of a thermally adherent material that adheres to surrounding tissues upon the application of heat. The thermally adherent material can include thermoplastic, collagen, or a similar material. The sealing means 51 can further comprise a separate structural material that adds strength to the thermally adherent material, such as a woven Nylon™ or Marlex™. This thermally adherent sealing means preferably has an interior cavity 17 and at least one opening 8 leading from the exterior of the barrier means into cavity 17. A thermal device can be attached to the insertion instrument shown in FIGS. 29C and 29D. The insertion instrument 130 having a thermal device can be inserted into cavity 17 and used to heat sealing means 51 and surrounding tissues. This device can be a simple thermal element, such as a resistive heating coil, rod or wire. It can further be a number of electrodes capable of heating the barrier means and surrounding tissue through the application of radio frequency (RF) energy. The thermal device can further be a balloon 150, 150′, as shown in FIG. 47, capable of both heating and expanding the barrier means. Balloon 150, 150′ can either be inflated with a heated fluid or have electrodes located about its surface to heat the barrier means with RF energy. Balloon 150, 150′ is deflated and removed after heating the sealing means. These thermal methods and devices achieve the goal of adhering the sealing means to the AF and NP and potentially other surrounding tissues. The application of heat can further aid the procedure by killing small nerves within the AF, by causing the defect to shrink, or by causing cross-linking and/or shrinking of surrounding tissues. An expander or enlarging means 53 can also be an integral component of barrier 12 inserted within sealing means 51. After the application of heat, a separate enlarging means 53 can be inserted into the interior cavity of the barrier means to either enlarge the barrier 12 or add stiffness to its structure. Such an enlarging means is preferably similar in make-up and design to those described above. Use of an enlarging means may not be necessary in some cases and is not a required component of this method.
  • The barrier means 12 shown in FIG. 25 preferably has a primary curvature or gentle curve along the length of the patch or barrier 12 that allows it to conform to the inner circumference of the AF 10. This curvature may have a single radius R as shown in FIGS. 44A and 44B or may have multiple curvatures. The curvature can be fabricated into the barrier 12 and/or any of its components. For example, the sealing means can be made without an inherent curvature while the enlarging means can have a primary curvature along its length. Once the enlarging means is placed within the sealing means the overall barrier means assembly takes on the primary curvature of the enlarging means. This modularity allows enlarging means with specific curvatures to be fabricated for defects occurring in various regions of the anulus fibrosis.
  • The cross section of the barrier 12 can be any of a number of shapes. Each embodiment exploits a sealing means 51 and an enlarging means 53 that may further add stiffness to the overall barrier construct. FIGS. 30A and 30B show an elongated cylindrical embodiment with enlarging means 53 located about the long axis of the device. FIGS. 31A and 31B depict a barrier means comprising an enlarging means 53 with a central cavity 49. FIGS. 32A and 32B depict a barrier means comprising a non-axisymmetric sealing means 51. In use, the longer section of sealing means 51 as seen on the left side of this figure would extend between opposing vertebra 50 and 50′. FIGS. 33A and 33B depict a barrier means comprising a non-axisymmetric sealing means 51 and enlarger 53. The concave portion of the barrier means preferably faces nucleus pulposus 20 while the convex surface faces the defect 16, annulotomy 416, or access hole 417 and the inner aspect of the anulus fibrosis 10. This embodiment exploits pressure within the disc to compress sealing means 51 against neighboring vertebral bodies 50 and 50′ to aid in sealing. The ‘C’ shape as shown in FIG. 33A is the preferred shape of the barrier wherein the convex portion of the patch rests against the interior aspect of the AF while the concave portion faces the NP. Used in this manner, the barrier or patch 12 serves to partially encapsulate the nucleus puposus 20 by conforming to the gross morphology of the inner surface of the anulus 10 and presenting a concave or cupping surface toward the nucleus 20. To improve the sealing ability of such a patch, the upper and lower portions of this ‘C’ shaped barrier means are positioned against the vertebral endplates or overlying cartilage. As the pressure within the nucleus increases, these portions of the patch are pressurized toward the endplates with an equivalent pressure, preventing the passage of materials around the barrier means. Dissecting a matching cavity prior to or during patch placement can facilitate use of such a ‘C’ shaped patch.
  • FIGS. 34 through 41 depict various enlarging or expansion devices 53 that can be employed to aid in expanding a sealing element 51 within the intervertebral disc 15. Each embodiment can be covered by, coated with, or cover the sealing element 51. The sealing means 51 can further be woven through the expansion means 53. The sealing element 51 or membrane can be a sealer which can prevent flow of a material from within the anulus fibrosis of the intervertebral disc through a defect in the anulus fibrosis. The material within the anulus can include nucleus pulposus or a prosthetic augmentation device, such as a hydrogel.
  • FIGS. 34 through 38 depict alternative patterns to that illustrated in FIG. 33A. FIG. 33A shows the expansion devices 53 within the sealing means 51. The sealing means can alternatively be secured to one or another face (concave or convex) of the expansion means 53. This can have advantages in reducing the overall volume of the barrier means 12, simplifying insertion through a narrow cannula. It can also allow the barrier means 12 to induce ingrowth of tissue on one face and not the other. The sealing means 51 can be formed from a material that resists ingrowth such as expanded polytetraflouroethylene (e-PTFE). The expansion means 53 can be constructed of a metal or polymer that encourages ingrowth. If the e-PTFE sealing means 51 is secured to the concave face of the expansion means 53, tissue can grow into the expansion means 53 from outside of the disc 15, helping to secure the barrier means 12 in place and seal against egress of materials from within the disc 15.
  • The expansion means 53 shown in FIG. 33A can be inserted into the sealing means 51 once the sealing means 51 is within the disc 15. Alternatively, the expansion means 53 and sealing means 51 can be integral components of the barrier means 12 that can be inserted as a unit into the disc.
  • The patterns shown in FIGS. 34 through 38 can preferably be formed from a relatively thin sheet of material. The material may be a polymer, metal, or gel, however, the superelastic properties of nickel titanium alloy (NITINOL) makes this metal particularly advantageous in this application. Sheet thickness can generally be in a range of 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm and for certain embodiments has been found to be optimal if between 0.003″ to 0.015″ (0.0762 mm to 0.381 mm), for the thickness to provide adequate expansion force to maintain contact between the sealing means 51 and surrounding vertebral endplates. The pattern may be Wire Electro-Discharge Machined, cut by laser, chemically etched, or formed by other suitable means.
  • FIG. 34A shows an embodiment of a non-axisymmetric expander 153 having a superior edge 166 and an inferior edge 168. The expander 153 can form a frame of barrier 12. This embodiment comprises dissecting surfaces or ends 160, radial elements or fingers 162 and a central strut 164. The circular shape of the dissecting ends 160 aids in dissecting through the nucleus pulposus 20 and/or along or between an inner surface of the anulus fibrosis 10. The distance between the left-most and right-most points on the dissecting ends is the expansion means length 170. This length 170 preferably lies along the inner perimeter of the posterior anulus following implantation. The expander length 170 can be as short as about 3 mm and as long as the entire interior perimeter of the anulus fibrosis. The superior-inferior height of these dissecting ends 160 is preferably similar to or larger than the posterior disc height.
  • This embodiment employs a multitude of fingers 162 to aid in holding a flexible sealer or membrane against the superior and inferior vertebral endplates. The distance between the superior-most point of the superior finger and the inferior-most point on the inferior finger is the expansion means height 172. This height 172 is preferably greater than the disc height at the inner surface of the posterior anulus. The greater height 172 of the expander 153 allows the fingers 162 to deflect along the superior and inferior vertebral endplates, enhancing the seal of the barrier means 12 against egress of material from within the disc 15.
  • The spacing between the fingers 162 along the expander length 170 can be tailored to provide a desired stiffness of the expansion means 153. Greater spacing between any two neighboring fingers 162 can further be employed to insure that the fingers 170 do not touch if the expansion means 153 is required to take a bend along its length. The central strut 164 can connect the fingers and dissecting ends and preferably lies along the inner surface of the anulus 10 when seated within the disc 15. Various embodiments may employ struts 164 of greater or lesser heights and thicknesses to vary the stiffness of the overall expansion means 153 along its length 170 and height 172.
  • FIG. 35 depicts an alternative embodiment to the expander 153 of FIG. 34. Openings or slots 174 can be included along the central strut 164. These slots 174 promote bending of the expander 153 and fingers 162 along a central line 176 connecting the centers of the dissecting ends 160. Such central flexibility has been found to aid against superior or inferior migration of the barrier means or barrier 12 when the barrier 12 has not been secured to surrounding tissues.
  • FIGS. 34B and 34C depict different perspective views of a preferred embodiment of the expander/frame 153 within an intervertebral disc 15. Expander 53 is in its expanded condition and lies along and/or within the posterior wall 21 and extends around the lateral walls 23 of the anulus fibrosis 10. The superior 166 and inferior 168 facing fingers 162 of expander 153 extend along the vertebral endplates (not shown) and/or the cartilage overlying the endplates. The frame 153 can take on a 3-D concave shape in this preferred position with the concavity generally directed toward the interior of the intervertebral disc and specifically a region occupied by the nucleus pulposus 20.
  • The bending stiffness of expander 153 can resist migration of the implant from this preferred position within the disc 15. The principle behind this stiffness-based stability is to place the regions of expander 153 with the greatest flexibility in the regions of the disc 153 with the greatest mobility or curvature. These flexible regions of expander 153 are surrounded by significantly stiffer regions. Hence, in order for the implant to migrate, a relatively stiff region of the expander must move into a relatively curved or mobile region of the disc.
  • For example, in order for expander 153 of FIG. 34B to move around the inner circumference of anulus fibrosis 10 (i.e. from the posterior wall 21 onto the lateral 23 and/or anterior 27 wall), the stiff central region of expander 153 spanning the posterior wall 21 would have to bend around the acute curves of the posterior lateral corners of anulus 10. The stiffer this section of expander 153 is, the higher the forces necessary to force it around these corners and the less likely it is to migrate in this direction. This principle was also used in this embodiment to resist migration of fingers 162 away from the vertebral endplates: The slots 174 cut along the length of expander 153 create a central flexibility that encourages expander 153 to bend along an axis running through these slots as the posterior disc height increases and decreased during flexion and extension. In order for the fingers 162 to migrate away from the endplate, this central flexible region must move away from the posterior anulus 21 and toward an endplate. This motion is resisted by the greater stiffness of expander 153 in the areas directly inferior and superior to this central flexible region.
  • The expander 153 is preferably covered by a membrane that acts to further restrict the movement of materials through the frame and toward the outer periphery of the anulus fibrosis.
  • FIG. 36 depicts an embodiment of the expander 153 of FIG. 33A with an enlarged central strut 164 and a plurality of slots 174. This central strut 164 can have a uniform stiffness against superior-inferior 166 and 168 bending as shown in this embodiment. The strut 164 can alternatively have a varying stiffness along its height 178 to either promote or resist bending at a given location along the inner surface of the anulus 10.
  • FIGS. 37A-C depict a further embodiment of the frame or expander 153. This embodiment employs a central lattice 180 consisting of multiple, fine interconnected struts 182. Such a lattice 180 can provide a structure that minimizes bulging of the sealing means 51 under intradiscal pressures. The orientation and location of these struts 182 have been designed to give the barrier 12 a bend-axis along the central area of the expander height 172. The struts 182 support inferior 168 and superior 166 fingers 162 similar to previously described embodiments. However, these fingers 162 can have varying dimensions and stiffness along the length of the barrier 12. Such fingers 162 can be useful for helping the sealer 51 conform to uneven endplate geometries. FIG. 37B illustrates the curved cross section 184 of the expander 153 of FIG. 37A. This curve 184 can be an arc segment of a circle as shown. Alternatively, the cross section can be an ellipsoid segment or have a multitude of arc segments of different radii and centers. FIG. 37C is a perspective view showing the three dimensional shape of the expander 153 of FIGS. 37A and 37B.
  • The embodiment of the frame 153 as shown in FIGS. 37A-C, can also be employed without the use of a covering membrane. The nucleus pulposus of many patients with low back pain or disc herniation can degenerate to a state in which the material properties of the nucleus cause it to behave much more like a solid than a gel. As humans age, the water content of the nucleus declines from roughly 88% to less than 75%. As this occurs, there is an increase in the cross linking of collagen within the disc resulting in a greater solidity of the nucleus. When the pore size or the largest open area of any given gap in the lattice depicted in FIGS. 37A, 37B, and 37C is between 0.05 mm2 (7.75×10−5in2) and 0.75 mm2 (1.16×10−3in2), the nucleus pulposus is unable to extrude through the lattice at pressures generated within the disc (between 250 KPa and 1.8 MPa). The preferred pore size has been found to be approximately 0.15 mm2 (2.33×10−4in2). This pore size can be used with any of the disclosed embodiments of the expander or any other expander that falls within the scope of the present invention to prevent movement of nucleus toward the outer periphery of the disc without the need for an additional membrane. The membrane thickness is preferably in a range of 0.025 mm to 2.5 mm.
  • FIG. 38 depicts an expander 153 similar to that of FIG. 37A without fingers. The expander 153 includes a central lattice 180 consisting of multiple struts 182.
  • FIGS. 39 through 41 depict another embodiment of the expander 153 of the present invention. These tubular expanders can be used in the barrier 12 embodiment depicted in FIG. 31A. The sealer 51 can cover the expander 153 as shown in FIG. 31A. Alternatively, the sealer 51 can cover the interior surface of the expander or an arc segment of the tube along its length on either the interior or exterior surface.
  • FIG. 39 depicts an embodiment of a tubular expander 154. The superior 166 and inferior surfaces 1
  • tubular expander 154 can deploy against the superior and inferior vertebral endplates, respectively. The distance 186 between the superior 166 and inferior 168 surfaces of the expander 154 are preferably equal to or greater than the posterior disc height at the inner surface of the anulus 10. This embodiment has an anulus face 188 and nucleus face 190 as shown in FIGS. 39B, 39C and 39D. The anulus face 188 can be covered by the sealer 51 from the superior 166 to inferior 168 surface of the expander 154. This face 188 lies against the inner surface of the anulus 10 in its deployed position and can prevent egress of materials from within the disc 15. The primary purpose of the nucleus face 190 is to prevent migration of the expander 154 within the disc 15. The struts 192 that form the nucleus face 190 can project anteriorly into the nucleus 20 when the barrier 12 is positioned across the posterior wall of the anulus 10. This anterior projection can resist rotation of the tubular expansion means 154 about its long axis. By interacting with the nucleus 20, the struts 192 can further prevent migration around the circumference of the disc 15.
  • The struts 192 can be spaced to provide nuclear gaps 194. These gaps 194 can encourage the flow of nucleus pulposus 20 into the interior of the expander 154. This flow can insure full expansion of the barrier 12 within the disc 15 during deployment.
  • The embodiments of FIGS. 39, 40 and 41 vary by their cross-sectional shape. FIG. 39 has a circular cross section 196 as seen in FIG. 39C. If the superior-inferior height 186 of the expander 154 is greater than that of the disc 15, this circular cross section 196 can deform into an oval when deployed, as the endplates of the vertebrae compress the expander 154. The embodiment of the expander 154 shown in FIG. 40 is preformed into an oval shape 198 show in FIG. 40C. Compression by the endplates can exaggerate the unstrained oval 198. This oval 198 can provide greater stability against rotation about a long axis of the expander 154. The embodiment of FIG. 41B, 41C and 41D depict an ‘egg-shaped’ cross section 202, as shown in FIG. 41C, that can allow congruity between the curvature of the expander 154 and the inner wall of posterior anulus 10. Any of a variety of alternate cross sectional shapes can be employed to obtain a desired fit or expansion force without deviating from the spirit of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 40E, 40F, and 401 depict the expander 154 of FIGS. 40A-D having a sealing means 51 covering the exterior surface of the anulus face 188. This sealing means 51 can be held against the endplates and the inner surface of the posterior anulus by the expander 154 in its deployed state.
  • FIGS. 40G and 40H depict the expander 154 of FIG. 40B with a sealer 51 covering the interior surface of the anulus face 188. This position of the sealer 51 can allow the expander 154 to contact both the vertebral endplates and inner surface of the posterior anulus. This can promote ingrowth of tissue into the expander 154 from outside the disc 15. Combinations of sealer 51 that cover all or part of the expander 154 can also be employed without deviating from the scope of the present invention. The expander 154 can also have a small pore size thereby allowing retention of a material such as a nucleus pulposus, for example, without the need for a sealer as a covering.
  • FIGS. 42A-D depict cross sections of a preferred embodiment of sealing means 51 and enlarging means 53. Sealing means 51 has internal cavity 17 and opening 8 leading from its outer surface into internal cavity 17. Enlarger 53 can be inserted through opening 8 and into internal cavity 17.
  • FIGS. 43A and 43B depict an alternative configuration of enlarger 53. Fixation region 4 extends through opening 8 in sealing means 51. Fixation region 4 has a through-hole that can facilitate fixation of enlarger 53 to tissues surrounding defect 16.
  • FIGS. 44A and 44B depict an alternative shape of the barrier. In this embodiment, sealing means 51, enlarger 53, or both have a curvature with radius R. This curvature can be used in any embodiment of the present invention and may aid in conforming to the curved inner circumference of anulus fibrosis 10.
  • FIG. 45 is a section of a device used to affix sealing means 51 to tissues surrounding a defect. In this figure, sealing means 51 would be positioned across interior aspect 50 of defect 16. The distal end of device 110′ would be inserted through defect 16 and opening 8 into the interior cavity 17. On the right side of this figure, fixation dart 25 has been passed from device 110′, through a wall of sealing means 51 and into tissues surrounding sealing means 51. On the right side of the figure, fixation dart 25 is about to be passed through a wall of sealing means 51 by advancing pusher 111 relative to device 110′ in the direction of the arrow.
  • FIG. 46 depicts the use of thermal device 200 to heat sealing means 51 and adhere it to tissues surrounding a defect. In this figure, sealing means 51 would be positioned across the interior aspect 36 of a defect 16. The distal end of thermal device 200 would be inserted through the defect and opening 8 into interior cavity 17. In this embodiment, thermal device 200 employs at its distal end resistive heating element 210 connected to a voltage source by wires 220. Covering 230 is a non-stick surface such as Teflon tubing that ensures the ability to remove device 200 from interior cavity 17. In this embodiment, device 200 would be used to heat first one half, and then the other half of sealing means 51.
  • FIG. 47 depicts an expandable thermal element, such as a balloon, that can be used to adhere sealing means 51 to tissues surrounding a defect. As in FIG. 18, the distal end of device 130 can be inserted through the defect and opening 8 into interior cavity 17, with balloon 150′ on the distal end device 130 in a collapsed state. Balloon 150′ is then inflated to expanded state 150, expanding sealing means 51. Expanded balloon 150 can heat sealing means 51 and surrounding tissues by inflating it with a heated fluid or by employing RF electrodes. In this embodiment, device 130 can be used to expand and heat first one half, then the other half of sealing means 51.
  • FIG. 48 depicts an alternative embodiment to device 130. This device employs an elongated, flexible balloon 150′ that can be inserted into and completely fill internal cavity 17 of sealing means 51 prior to inflation to an expanded state 150. Using this embodiment, inflation and heating of sealing means 51 can be performed in one step.
  • FIGS. 49A through 49G illustrate a method of implanting an intradiscal implant. An intradiscal implant system consists of an intradiscal implant 400, a delivery device or cannula 402, an advancer 404 and at least one control filament 406. The intradiscal implant 400 is loaded into the delivery cannula 402 which has a proximal end 408 and a distal end 410. FIG. 49A illustrates the distal end 410 advanced into the disc 15 through an annulotomy 416. This annulotomy 416 can be through any portion of the anulus 10, but is preferably at a site proximate to a desired, final implant location. The implant 400 is then pushed into the disc 15 through the distal end 410 of the cannula 402 in a direction that is generally away from the desired, final implant location as shown in FIG. 49B. Once the implant 400 is completely outside of the delivery cannula 402 and within the disc 15, the implant 400 can be pulled into the desired implant location by pulling on the control filament 406 as shown in FIG. 49C. The control filament 406 can be secured to the implant 400 at any location on or within the implant 400, but is preferably secured at least at a site 414 or sites on a distal portion 412 of the implant 400, i.e. that portion that first exits the delivery cannula 402 when advanced into the disc 15. These site or sites 414 are generally furthest from the desired, final implant location once the implant has been fully expelled from the interior of the delivery cannula 402.
  • Pulling on the control filament 406 causes the implant 400 to move toward the annulotomy 416. The distal end 410 of the delivery cannula 402 can be used to direct the proximal end 420 of the implant 400 (that portion of the implant 400 that is last to be expelled from the delivery cannula 402) away from the annulotomy 416 and toward an inner aspect of the anulus 10 nearest the desired implant location. Alternately, the advancer 404 can be used to position the proximal end of the implant toward an inner aspect of the anulus 20 near the implant location, as shown in FIG. 49E. Further pulling on the control filament 406 causes the proximal end 426 of the implant 400 to dissect along the inner aspect of the anulus 20 until the attachment site 414 or sites of the guide filament 406 to the implant 400 has been pulled to the inner aspect of the annulotomy 416, as shown in FIG. 49D. In this way, the implant 400 will extend at least from the annulotomy 416 and along the inner aspect of the anulus 10 in the desired implant location, illustrated in FIG. 49F.
  • The implant 400 can be any of the following: nucleus replacement device, nucleus augmentation device, anulus augmentation device, anulus replacement device, the barrier of the present invention or any of its components, drug carrier device, carrier device seeded with living cells, or a device that stimulates or supports fusion of the surrounding vertebra. The implant 400 can be a membrane which prevents the flow of a material from within the anulus fibrosis of an intervertebral disc through a defect in the disc. The material within the anulus fibrosis can be, for example, a nucleus pulposus or a prosthetic augmentation device, such as hydrogel. The membrane can be a sealer. The implant 400 can be wholly or partially rigid or wholly or partially flexible. It can have a solid portion or portions that contain a fluid material. It can comprise a single or multitude of materials. These materials can include metals, polymers, gels and can be in solid or woven form. The implant 400 can either resist or promote tissue ingrowth, whether fibrous or bony.
  • The cannula 402 can be any tubular device capable of advancing the implant 400 at least partially through the anulus 10. It can be made of any suitable biocompatible material including various known metals and polymers. It can be wholly or partially rigid or flexible. It can be circular, oval, polygonal, or irregular in cross section. It must have an opening at least at its distal end 410, but can have other openings in various locations along its length.
  • The advancer 404 can be rigid or flexible, and have one of a variety of cross sectional shapes either like or unlike the delivery cannula 402. It may be a solid or even a column of incompressible fluid, so long as it is stiff enough to advance the implant 400 into the disc 15. The advancer 404 can be contained entirely within the cannula 402 or can extend through a wall or end of the cannula to facilitate manipulation.
  • Advancement of the implant 400 can be assisted by various levers, gears, screws and other secondary assist devices to minimize the force required by the surgeon to advance the implant 400. These secondary devices can further give the user greater control over the rate and extent of advancement into the disc 15.
  • The guide filament 406 may be a string, rod, plate, or other elongate object that can be secured to and move with the implant 400 as it is advanced into the disc 15. It can be constructed from any of a variety of metals or polymers or combination thereof and can be flexible or rigid along all or part of its length. It can be secured to a secondary object 418 or device at its end opposite that which is secured to the implant 400. This secondary device 418 can include the advancer 404 or other object or device that assists the user in manipulating the filament. The filament 406 can be releasably secured to the implant 400, as shown in FIG. 49G or permanently affixed. The filament 406 can be looped around or through the implant. Such a loop can either be cut or have one end pulled until the other end of the loop releases the implant 400. It may be bonded to the implant 400 using adhesive, welding, or a secondary securing means such as a screw, staple, dart, etc. The filament 406 can further be an elongate extension of the implant material itself. If not removed following placement of the implant, the filament 406 can be used to secure the implant 400 to surrounding tissues such as the neighboring anulus 10, vertebral endplates, or vertebral bodies either directly or through the use of a dart, screw, staple, or other suitable anchor.
  • Multiple guide filaments can be secured to the implant 400 at various locations. In one preferred embodiment, a first or distal 422 and a second or proximal 424 guide filament are secured to an elongate implant 400 at or near its distal 412 and proximal 420 ends at attachment sites 426 and 428, respectively. These ends 412 and 420 correspond to the first and last portions of the implant 400, respectively, to be expelled from the delivery cannula 402 when advanced into the disc 15. This double guide filament system allows the implant 400 to be positioned in the same manner described above in the single filament technique, and illustrated in FIGS. 50A-C. However, following completion of this first technique, the user may advance the proximal end 420 of the device 400 across the annulotomy 416 by pulling on the second guide filament 424, shown in FIG. 50D. This allows the user to controllably cover the annulotomy 416. This has numerous advantages in various implantation procedures. This step may reduce the risk of herniation of either nucleus pulposus 20 or the implant itself. It may aid in sealing the disc, as well as preserving disc pressure and the natural function of the disc. It may encourage ingrowth of fibrous tissue from outside the disc into the implant. It may further allow the distal end of the implant to rest against anulus further from the defect created by the annulotomy. Finally, this technique allows both ends of an elongate implant to be secured to the disc or vertebral tissues.
  • Both the first 422 and second 424 guide filaments can be simultaneously tensioned, as shown in FIG. 50E, to ensure proper positioning of the implant 400 within the anulus 10. Once the implant 400 is placed across the annulotomy, the first 422 and second 424 guide filaments can be removed from the input 400, as shown in FIG. 50F. Additional control filaments and securing sites may further assist implantation and/or fixation of the intradiscal implants.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, as illustrated in FIGS. 51A-C, an implant guide 430 may be employed to aid directing the implant 400 through the annulotomy 416, through the nucleus pulposus 10, and/or along the inner aspect of the anulus 10. This implant guide 430 can aid in the procedure by dissecting through tissue, adding stiffness to the implant construct, reducing trauma to the anulus or other tissues that can be caused by a stiff or abrasive implant, providing 3-D control of the implants orientation during implantation, expanding an expandable implant, or temporarily imparting a shape to the implant that is beneficial during implantation. The implant guide 430 can be affixed to either the advancer 404 or the implant 406 themselves. In a preferred embodiment shown in FIGS. 52A and 52B, the implant guide 430 is secured to the implant 400 by the first 424 and second 426 guide filaments of the first 426 and the second 428 attachment sites, respectively. The guide filaments 424 and 426 may pass through or around the implant guide 430. In this embodiment, the implant guide 430 may be a thin, flat sheet of biocompatible metal with holes passing through its surface proximate to the site or sites 426 and 428 at which the guide filaments 422 and 424 are secured to the implant 400. These holes allow passage of the securing filament 422 and 424 through the implant guide 430. Such an elongated sheet may run along the implant 400 and extend beyond its distal end 412. The distal end of the implant guide 430 may be shaped to help dissect through the nucleus 10 and deflect off the anulus 10 as the implant 400 is advanced into the disc 15. When used with multiple guide filaments, such an implant guide 430 can be used to control rotational stability of the implant 400. It may also be used to retract the implant 400 from the disc 15 should this become necessary. The implant guide 430 may also extend beyond the proximal tip 420 of the implant 400 to aid in dissecting across or through the anulus 10 proximate to the desired implantation site.
  • The implant guide 430 is releasable from the implant 400 following or during implantation. This release may be coordinated with the release of the guide filaments 422 and 424. The implant guide 430 may further be able to slide along the guide filaments 422 and 424 while these filaments are secured to the implant 400.
  • Various embodiments of the barrier 12 or implant 400 can be secured to tissues within the intervertebral disc 15 or surrounding vertebrae. It can be advantageous to secure the barrier means 12 in a limited number of sites while still insuring that larger surfaces of the barrier 12 or implant juxtapose the tissue to which the barrier 12 is secured. This is particularly advantageous in forming a sealing engagement with surrounding tissues.
  • FIGS. 53-57 illustrate barriers 12 having stiffening elements 300. The barrier 12 can incorporate stiffening elements 300 that run along a length of the implant required to be in sealing engagement. These stiffening elements 300 can be one of a variety of shape including, but not limited to, plates 302, rods 304, or coils. These elements are preferably stiffer than the surrounding barrier 12 and can impart their stiffness to the surrounding barrier. These stiffening elements 300 can be located within an interior cavity formed by the barrier. They can further be imbedded in or secured to the barrier 12.
  • Each stiffening element can aid in securing segments of the barrier 12 to surrounding tissues. The stiffening elements can have parts 307, including through-holes, notches, or indentations for example, to facilitate fixation of the stiffening element 300 to surrounding tissues by any of a variety of fixation devices 306. These fixation devices 306 can include screws, darts, dowels, or other suitable means capable of holding the barrier 12 to surrounding tissue. The fixation devices 306 can be connected either directly to the stiffening element 300 or indirectly using an intervening length of suture, cable, or other filament for example. The fixation device 306 can further be secured to the barrier 12 near the stiffening element 300 without direct contact with the stiffening element 300.
  • The fixation device 306 can be secured to or near the stiffening element 300 at opposing ends of the length of the barrier 12 required to be in sealing engagement with surrounding tissues. Alternatively, one or a multitude of fixation devices 306 can be secured to or near the stiffening element 300 at a readily accessible location that may not be at these ends. In any barrier 12 embodiment with an interior cavity 17 and an opening 8 leading thereto, the fixation sites may be proximal to the opening 8 to allow passage of the fixation device 306 and various instruments that may be required for their implantation.
  • FIGS. 53A and 53B illustrate one embodiment of a barrier 12 incorporating the use of a stiffening element 300. The barrier 12 can be a plate and screw barrier 320. In this embodiment, the stiffening element 300 consists of two fixation plates, superior 310 and inferior 312, an example of which is illustrated in FIGS. 54A and 54B with two parts 308 passing through each plate. The parts 308 are located proximal to an opening 8 leading into an interior cavity 17 of the barrier 12. These parts 8 allow passage of a fixation device 306 such as a bone screw. These screws can be used to secure the barrier means 12 to a superior 50 and inferior 50′ vertebra. As the screws are tightened against the vertebral endplate, the fixation plates 310, 312 compress the intervening sealing means against the endplate along the superior and inferior surfaces of the barrier 12. This can aid in creating a sealing engagement with the vertebral endplates and prevent egress of materials from within the disc 15. As illustrated in FIGS. 53A and 53B, only the superior screws have been placed in the superior plate 310, creating a sealing engagement with the superior vertebra.
  • FIGS. 55A and 55B illustrate another embodiment of a barrier 12 having stiffening elements 300. The barrier 12 can be an anchor and rod barrier 322. In this embodiment, the stiffening elements 300 consist of two fixation rods 304, an example of which is shown in FIGS. 56A and 56B, imbedded within the barrier 12. The rods 304 can include a superior rod 314 and an inferior rod 316. Sutures 318 can be passed around these rods 314 and 316 and through the barrier means 10. These sutures 318 can in turn, be secured to a bone anchor or other suitable fixation device 306 to draw the barrier 12 into sealing engagement with the superior and inferior vertebral endplates in a manner similar to that described above. The opening 8 and interior cavity 17 of the barrier 12 are not required elements of the barrier 12.
  • FIG. 57 illustrates the anchor and rod barrier 322, described above, with fixation devices 306 placed at opposing ends of each fixation rod 316 and 318. The suture 18 on the left side of the superior rod 318 has yet to be tied.
  • Various methods may be employed to decrease the forces necessary to maneuver the barrier 12 into a position along or within the lamellae of the anulus fibrosis 10. FIGS. 58A, 58B, 59A and 59B depict two preferred methods of clearing a path for the barrier 12.
  • FIGS. 58A and 58B depict one such method and an associated dissector device 454. In these figures, the assumed desired position of the implant is along the posterior anulus 452. In order to clear a path for the implant, a hairpin dissector 454 can be passed along the intended implantation site of the implant. The hairpin dissector 454 can have a hairpin dissector component 460 having a free end 458. The dissector can also have an advancer 464 to position the dissector component 460 within the disc 15. The dissector 454 can be inserted through cannula 456 into an opening 462 in the anulus 10 along an access path directed anteriorly or anterior-medially. Once a free-end 458 of the dissector component 460 is within the disc 15, the free-end 458 moves slightly causing the hairpin to open, such that the dissector component 460 resists returning into the cannula 456. This opening 462 can be caused by pre-forming the dissector to the opened state. The hairpin dissector component 460 can then be pulled posteriorly, causing the dissector component 460 to open, further driving the free-end 458 along the posterior anulus 458. This motion clears a path for the insertion of any of the implants disclosed in the present invention. The body of dissector component 460 is preferably formed from an elongated sheet of metal. Suitable metals include various spring steels or nickel titanium alloys. It can alternatively be formed from wires or rods.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B depict another method and associated dissector device 466 suitable for clearing a path for implant insertion. The dissector device 466 is shown in cross section and consists of a dissector component 468, an outer cannula 470 and an advancer or inner push rod 472. A curved passage or slot 474 is formed into an intradiscal tip 476 of outer cannula 470. This passage or slot 474 acts to deflect the tip of dissector component 468 in a path that is roughly parallel to the lamellae of the anulus fibrosis 10 as the dissector component 468 is advanced into the disc 15 by the advancer. The dissector component 468 is preferably formed from a superelastic nickel titanium alloy, but can be constructed of any material with suitable rigidity and strain characteristics to allow such deflection without significant plastic deformation. The dissector component 468 can be formed from an elongated sheet, rods, wires or the like. It can be used to dissect between the anulus 10 and nucleus 20, or to dissect between layers of the anulus 10.
  • FIGS. 60A-C depict an alternate dissector component 480 of FIGS. 59A and 59B. Only the intradiscal tip 476 of device 460 and regions proximal thereto are shown in these figures. A push-rod 472 similar to that shown in FIG. 59A can be employed to advance dissector 480 into the disc 15. Dissector 480 can include an elongated sheet 482 with superiorly and inferiorly extending blades (or “wings”) 484 and 486, respectively. This sheet 482 is preferably formed from a metal with a large elastic strain range such as spring steel or nickel titanium alloy. The sheet 482 can have a proximal end 488 and distal end 490. The distal end 490 can have a flat portion which can be flexible. A step portion 494 can be located between the distal end 490 and the proximal end 488. The proximal end 488 can have a curved shape. The proximal end can also include blades 484 and 486.
  • In the undeployed state depicted in FIGS. 60A and 60B, wings 484 and 486 are collapsed within outer cannula 470 while elongated sheet 482 is captured within deflecting passage or slot 474. As the dissector component 480 is advanced into a disc 15, passage or slot 478 directs the dissector component 480 in a direction roughly parallel to the posterior anulus (90 degrees to the central axis of sleeve 470 in this case) in a manner similar to that described for the embodiment in FIGS. 59A and 59B. Wings 484 and 486 open as they exit the end of sleeve 470 and expand toward the vertebral endplates. Further advancement of dissector component 480 allows the expanded wings 484 and 486 to dissect through any connections of nucleus 20 or anulus 10 to the endplates that may present an obstruction to subsequent passage of the implants of the present invention. When used to aid in the insertion of a barrier, the dimensions of dissector component 480 should approximate those of the barrier such that the minimal amount of tissue is disturbed while reducing the forces necessary to position the barrier in the desired location.
  • FIGS. 61A-61D illustrate a method of implanting a disc implant. A disc implant 552 is inserted into a delivery device 550. The delivery device 550 has a proximal end 556 and a distal end 558. The distal end 558 of the delivery device 550 is inserted into an annulotomy illustrated in FIG. 61A. The annulotomy is preferably located at a site within the anulus 10 that is proximate to a desired, final implant 552 location. The implant 400 is then deployed by being inserted into the disc 15 through the distal end 558 of the delivery device 550. Preferably the implant is forced away from the final implant location, as shown in FIG. 61B. An implant guide 560 can be used to position the implant 400. Before, during or after deployment of the implant 400, an augmentation material 7 can be injected into the disc 15. Injection of augmentation after deployment is illustrated in FIG. 61C. The augmentation material 7 can include a hydrogel or collagen, for example. In one embodiment, the delivery device 550 is removed from the disc 15 and a separate tube is inserted into the annulotomy to inject the flowable augmentation material 7. Alternately, the distal end 558 of delivery device 550 can remain within the annulotomy and the fluid augmentation material 554 injected through the delivery device 550. Next, the delivery device 550 is removed from the annulotomy and the intradiscal implant 400 is positioned over the annulotomy in the final implant location, as shown in FIG. 61D. The implant 400 can be positioned using control filaments described above.
  • Certain embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 62-66, depict anulus and nuclear augmentation devices which are capable of working in concert to restore the natural biomechanics of the disc. A disc environment with a degenerated or lesioned anulus cannot generally support the load transmission from either the native nucleus or from prosthetic augmentation. In many cases, nuclear augmentation materials 7 bulge through the anulus defects, extrude from the disc, or apply pathologically high load to damaged regions of the anulus. Accordingly, in one aspect of the current invention, damaged areas of the anulus are protected by shunting the load from the nucleus 20 or augmentation materials 7 to healthier portions of the anulus 10 or endplates. With the barrier-type anulus augmentation 12 in place, as embodied in various aspects of the present invention, nuclear augmentation materials 7 or devices can conform to healthy regions of the anulus 10 while the barrier 12 shields weaker regions of the anulus 10. Indeed, the anulus augmentation devices 12 of several embodiments of the present invention are particularly advantageous because they enable the use of certain nuclear augmentation materials and devices 7 that may otherwise be undesirable in a disc with an injured anulus.
  • FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional transverse view of an anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along the inner surface of a lamella 16. Implanted conformable nuclear augmentation 7 is also shown in contact with the barrier 12. The barrier device 12 is juxtapositioned to the innermost lamella of the anulus. Conformable nuclear augmentation material 7 is inserted into the cavity which is closed by the barrier 12, in an amount sufficient to fill the disc space in an unloaded supine position. As shown, in one embodiment, fluid nuclear augmentation 554, such as hyaluronic acid, is used.
  • Fluid nuclear augmentation 554 is particularly well-suited for use in various aspects of the current invention because it can be delivered with minimal invasiveness and because it is able to flow into and fill minute voids of the intervertebral disc space. Fluid nuclear augmentation 554 is also uniquely suited for maintaining a pressurized environment that evenly transfers the force exerted by the endplates to the anulus augmentation device and/or the anulus. However, fluid nuclear augmentation materials 554 used alone may perform poorly in discs 15 with a degenerated anulus because the material can flow back out through anulus defects 8 and pose a risk to surrounding structures. This limitation is overcome by several embodiments of the current invention because the barrier 12 shunts the pressure caused by the fluid augmentation 554 away from the damaged anulus region 8 and toward healthier regions, thus restoring function to the disc 15 and reducing risk of the extrusion of nuclear augmentation materials 7 and fluid augmentation material 554.
  • Exemplary fluid nuclear augmentation materials 554 include, but are not limited to, various pharmaceuticals (steroids, antibiotics, tissue necrosis factor alpha or its antagonists, analgesics); growth factors, genes or gene vectors in solution; biologic materials (hyaluronic acid, non-crosslinked collagen, fibrin, liquid fat or oils); synthetic polymers (polyethylene glycol, liquid silicones, synthetic oils); and saline. One skilled in the art will understand that any one of these materials may be used alone or that a combination of two or more of these materials may be used together to form the nuclear augmentation material.
  • Any of a variety of additional additives such as thickening agents, carriers, polymerization initiators or inhibitors may also be included, depending upon the desired infusion and long-term performance characteristics. In general, “fluid” is used herein to include any material which is sufficiently flowable at least during the infusion process, to be infused through an infusion lumen in the delivery device into the disc space. The augmentation material 554 may remain “fluid” after the infusion step, or may polymerize, cure, or otherwise harden to a less flowable or nonflowable state.
  • Additional additives and components of the nucleus augmentation material are recited below. In general, the nature of the material 554 may remain constant during the deployment and post-deployment stages or may change, from a first infusion state to a second, subsequent implanted state. For example, any of a variety of materials may desirably be infused using a carrier such as a solvent or fluid medium with a dispersion therein. The solvent or liquid carrier may be absorbed by the body or otherwise dissipate from the disc space post-implantation, leaving the nucleus augmentation material 554 behind. For example, any of a variety of the powders identified below may be carried using a fluid carrier. In addition, hydrogels or other materials may be implanted or deployed while in solution, with the solvent dissipating post-deployment to leave the hydrogel or other media behind. In this type of application, the disc space may be filled under higher than ultimately desired pressure, taking into account the absorption of a carrier volume. Additional specific materials and considerations are disclosed in greater detail below.
  • FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional transverse view of anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along an inner surface of a lamella 16. Implanted nuclear augmentation 7 comprised of a hydrophilic flexible solid is also shown. Nuclear augmentation materials include, but are not limited to, liquids, gels, solids, gases or combinations thereof. Nuclear augmentation devices 7 may be formed from one or more materials, which are present in one or more phases. FIG. 63 shows a cylindrical flexible solid form of nuclear augmentation 7. Preferably, this flexible solid is composed of a hydrogel, including, but not limited to, acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, polyacrylimide, acrylimide, acrylimidine, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinylalcohol, and the like.
  • FIG. 63 depicts nuclear augmentation 7 using a solid or gel composition. If required, these materials can be designed to be secured to surrounding tissues by mechanical means, such as glues, screws, and anchors, or by biological means, such as glues and in growth. Solid but deformable augmentation materials 7 may also be designed to resist axial compression by the endplates rather than flowing circumferentially outward toward the anulus. In this way, less force is directed at the anulus 10. Solid nuclear augmentation 7 can also be sized substantially larger than the annulotomy 416 or defect 8 to decrease the risk of extrusion. The use of solid materials or devices 7 alone is subject to certain limitations. The delivery of solid materials 7 may require a large access hole 417 in the anuluslO, thereby decreasing the integrity of the disc 15 and creating a significant risk for extrusion of either the augmentation material 7 or of natural nucleus 20 remaining within the disc 15. Solid materials or devices 7 can also overload the endplates causing endplate subsidence or apply point loads to the anulus 10 from corners or edges that may cause pain or further deterioration of the anulus 10. Several embodiments of the present invention overcome the limitations of solid materials and are particularly well-suited for use with liquid augmentation materials 7. The barrier device 12 of various embodiments of this invention effectively closes the access hole 417 and can be adapted to partially encapsulate the augmented nucleus, thus mitigating the risks posed by solid materials.
  • Solid or gel nuclear augmentation materials 7 used in various embodiments of the current invention include single piece or multiple pieces. The solid materials 7 may be cube-like, spheroid, disc-like, ellipsoid, rhombohedral, cylindrical, or amorphous in shape. These materials 7 may be in woven or non-woven form. Other forms of solids including minute particles or even powder can be considered when used in combination with the barrier device. Candidate materials 7 include, but are not limited to: metals, such as titanium, stainless steels, nitinol, cobalt chrome; resorbable or non-resorbing synthetic polymers, such as polyurethane, polyester, PEEK, PET, FEP, PTFE, ePTFE, Teflon, PMMA, nylon, carbon fiber, Delrin, polyvinyl alcohol gels, polyglycolic acid, polyethylene glycol; silicon gel or rubber, vulcanized rubber or other elastomer; gas filled vesicles, biologic materials such as morselized or block bone, hydroxy apetite, cross-linked collagen, muscle tissue, fat, cellulose, keratin, cartilage, protein polymers, transplanted or bioengineered nucleus pulposus or anulus fibrosus; or various pharmacologically active agents in solid form. The solid or gel augmentation materials 7 may be rigid, wholly or partially flexible, elastic or viscoelastic in nature. The augmentation device or material 7 may be hydrophilic or hydrophobic. Hydrophilic materials, mimicking the physiology of the nucleus, may be delivered into the disc in a hydrated or dehydrated state. Biologic materials may be autologous, allograft, zenograft, or bioengineered.
  • In various embodiments of the present invention, the solid or gel nuclear augmentation material 7, as depicted in FIG. 63, are impregnated or coated with various compounds. Preferably, a biologically active compound is used. In one embodiment, one or more drug carriers are used to impregnate or coat the nuclear augmentation material 7. Genetic vectors, naked genes or other therapeutic agents to renew growth, reduce pain, aid healing, and reduce infection may be delivered in this manner. Tissue in-growth, either fibrous (from the anulus) or bony (from the endplates), within or around the augmentation material can be either encouraged or discouraged depending on the augmentation used. Tissue in-growth may be beneficial for fixation and can be encouraged via porosity or surface chemistry. Surface in-growth or other methods of fixation of the augmentation material 7 can be encouraged on a single surface or aspect so as to not interfere with the normal range of motion of the spinal unit. In this way, the material is stabilized and safely contained within the anulus 10 without resulting in complete fixation which might cause fusion and prohibit disc function.
  • FIG. 64 is a cross-sectional transverse view of anulus barrier device 12 implanted within a disc 15 along an inner surface of a lamella 16. Several types of implanted nuclear augmentation 7, including a solid cube, a composite cylindrical solid 555, and a free flowing liquid 554 are shown. The use of multiple types of nuclear augmentation with the barrier 12 is depicted in FIG. 64. The barrier device 12 is shown in combination with fluid nuclear augmentation 554, solid nuclear augmentation 7, in the form of a cube, and a cross- linked collagen sponge composite 555 soaked in a growth factor. In several embodiments of the present invention, a multiphase augmentation system, as shown in FIG. 64, is used. A combination of solids and liquids is used in a preferred embodiment. Nuclear augmentation 7 comprising solids and liquids 554 can be designed to create primary and secondary levels of flexibility within an intervertebral disc space. In use, the spine will flex easily at first as the intervertebral disc pressure increases and the liquids flows radially, loading the anulus. Then, as the disc height decreases and the endplates begin to contact the solid or gelatinous augmentation material, flexibility will decrease. This combination can also prevent damage to the anulus 10 under excessive loading as the solid augmentation 7 can be designed to resist further compression such that the fluid pressure on the anulus is limited. In a preferred embodiment, use of multiphase augmentation allows for the combination of fluid medications or biologically active substances with solid or gelatinous carriers. One example of such a preferable combination is a cross-linked collagen sponge 555 soaked in a growth factor or combination of growth factors in liquid suspension.
  • In one aspect of the invention, the nuclear augmentation material or device 7, 554 constructed therefrom is phase changing, i.e. from liquid to solid, solid to liquid, or liquid to gel. In situ polymerizing nuclear augmentation materials are well-known in the art and are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,187,048, herein incorporated by reference. Phase changing augmentation preferably changes from a liquid to a solid or gel. Such materials may change phases in response to contact with air, increases or decreases in temperature, contact with biologic liquids or by the mixture of separate reactive constituents. These materials are advantageous because they can be delivered through a small hole in the anulus or down a tube or cannula placed percutaneously into the disc. Once the materials have solidified or gelled, they can exhibit the previously described advantages of a solid augmentation material. In a preferred embodiment, the barrier device is used to seal and pressurize a phase changing material to aid in its delivery by forcing it into the voids of the disc space while minimizing the risk of extrusion of the material while it is a fluid. In this situation, the barrier or anulus augmentation device 12 may be permanently implanted or used only temporarily until the desired phase change has occurred.
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes an anulus augmentation device 12 that exploits the characteristics of nucleus augmentation devices or materials to improve its own performance. Augmenting the nucleus 20 pressurizes the intervertebral disc environment which can serve to fix or stabilize an anulus repair device in place. The nucleus 20 can be pressurized by inserting into the disc 15 an adequate amount of augmentation material 7, 554. In use, the pressurized disc tissue and augmentation material 7, 554 applies force on the inwardly facing surface of the anulus augmentation device 12. This pressure may be exploited by the design of the anulus prosthesis or barrier 12 to prevent it from dislodging or moving from its intended position. One exemplary method is to design the inwardly facing surface of the anulus prosthesis 12 to expand upon the application of pressure. As the anulus prosthesis 12 expands, it becomes less likely to be expelled from the disc. The prosthesis 12 may be formed with a concavity facing inward to promote such. expansion.
  • In several embodiments, the anulus augmentation device 12 itself functions as nuclear augmentation 7. In a preferred embodiment, the barrier 12 frame is encapsulated in ePTFE. This construct typically displaces a volume of 0.6 cubic centimeters, although thicker coatings of ePTFE or like materials may be used to increase this volume to 3 cubic centimeters. Also, the anulus augmentation device may be designed with differentially thickened regions along its area.
  • FIG. 65 depicts a sagittal cross-sectional view of the barrier device connected to an inflatable nuclear augmentation device 455. The barrier device 12 is shown connected via hollow delivery and support tube 425 to an nuclear augmentation sack 455 suitable for containing fluid material 554. The tube 425 has a delivery port or valve 450 that extends through the barrier device and can be accessed from the access hole 417 after the barrier device 12 and augmentation sack 455 has been delivered. This nuclear and anulus augmentation combination is particularly advantageous because of the ease of deliverability, since the sack 455 and the barrier 12 are readily compressed. The connection of the barrier 12 and the augmentation sack 455 also serves to stabilize the combination and prevent its extrusion from the disc 15. The nuclear augmentation 7 may be secured to the anulus augmentation prosthesis 12 to create a resistance to migration of the overall construct. Such attachment may also be performed to improve or direct the transfer of load from the nuclear prosthesis 7 through the anulus prosthesis 12 to the disc tissues. The barrier 12 and augmentation 7 can be attached prior to, during, or after delivery of the barrier 12 into the disc 15. They may be secured to each other by an adhesive or by a flexible filament such as suture. Alternatively, the barrier 12 may have a surface facing the augmentation material 7 that bonds to the augmentation material 7 though a chemical reaction. This surface may additionally allow for a mechanical linkage to a surface of the augmentation material 7. This linkage could be achieved through a porous attachment surface of the barrier 12 that allows the inflow of a fluid augmentation material 7 that hardens or gels after implantation.
  • Alternatively, the anulus augmentation device 12 and nuclear augmentation material 7 may be fabricated as a single device with a barrier 12 region and a nuclear augmentation region 7. As an example, the barrier 12 may form at least a portion of the surface of an augmentation sack 455 or balloon. The sack 455 may be filled with suitable augmentation materials 7 once the barrier has been positioned along a weakened inner surface of the anulus 10.
  • The sequence of inserting the barrier 12 and nuclear augmentation 7 in the disc can be varied according to the nuclear augmentation 7 used or requirements of the surgical procedure. For example, the nuclear augmentation 7 can be inserted first and then sealed in place by the barrier device 12 . Alternatively, the disc 15 can be partially filled, then sealed with the barrier device 12, and then supplied with additional material 7. In a preferred embodiment, the barrier device 12 is inserted into the disc 15 followed by the addition of nuclear augmentation material 7 through or around the barrier 12. This allows for active pressurization. A disc 15 with a severely degenerated anulus can also be effectively treated in this manner.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the nuclear augmentation material 7 is delivered through a cannula inserted through an access hole 417 in the disc 15 formed pathologically, e.g. an anular defect 8, or iatrogenically, e.g. an anuulotomy 416 that is distinct from the access hole 417 that was used to implant the barrier 12. Also, the same or different surgical approach including transpsoas, presacral, transsacral, tranpedicular, translaminar, or anteriorly through the abdomen, may be used. Access hole 417 can be located anywhere along the anulus surface or even through the vertebral endplates.
  • In alternative embodiments, the anulus augmentation device 12 includes features that facilitate the introduction of augmentation materials 554 following placement. The augmentation delivery cannula may simply be forcibly driven into an access hole 417 proximal to the barrier 12 at a slight angle so that the edge of the barrier 12 deforms and allows passage into the disc space. Alternatively, a small, flexible or rigid curved delivery needle or tube may be inserted through an access hole 417 over (in the direction of the superior endplate) or under (in the direction of the inferior endplate) the barrier 12 or around an edge of the barrier 12 contiguous with the anulus 15.
  • In several embodiments, ports or valves are installed in the barrier 12 device that permit the flow of augmentation material into, but not out of, the disc space. One-way valves 450 or even flaps of material held shut by the intervertebral pressure may be used. A collapsible tubular valve may be fashioned along a length of the barrier. In one embodiment, multiple valves or ports 450 are present along the device 12 to facilitate alignment with the access hole 417 and delivery of augmentation material. Flow channels within or on the barrier 12 to direct the delivery of the material 554 (e.g. to the ends of the barrier) can be machined, formed into or attached to the barrier 12 along its length. Alternatively, small delivery apertures (e.g. caused by a needle) can be sealed with a small amount of adhesive or sutured shut.
  • FIG. 66 is sagittal cross-sectional view of a functional spine unit containing the barrier device unit 12 connected to a wedge-shaped nuclear augmentation 7 device. FIG. 66 illustrates that the geometry of the nuclear augmentation 7 can be adapted to improve the function of the barrier. By presenting nuclear augmentation 7 with a wedge-shaped or hemicircular profile towards the interior of the intervertebral disc space, and attaching it in the middle of the barrier device 12 between the flexible finger-like edges of the barrier device, the force exerted by the pressurized environment is focused in the direction of the edges of the barrier device sealing them against the endplates. Accordingly, this wedge-shaped feature improves the function of the device 12. One skilled in the art will understand that the nuclear augmentation material 7 may also be designed with various features that improve its interaction with the barrier, such as exhibiting different flexibility or viscosity throughout its volume. For example, in certain applications, it may be preferable for the augmentation 7 to be either stiff at the interface with the barrier 12 and supple towards the center of the disc, or vice versa. The augmentation 7 can also serve to rotationally stabilize the barrier 12. In this embodiment, the augmentation is coupled to the inward facing surface of the barrier and extends outward and medially into the disc forming a lever arm and appearing as “T-shaped” unit. The augmentation device 7 of this embodiment can extend of the disc 15 to the opposite wall of the anulus.
  • One skilled in the art will appreciate that any of the above procedures involving nuclear augmentation and/or anulus augmentation may be performed with or without the removal of any or all of the autologous nucleus. Further, the nuclear augmentation materials and/or the anulus augmentation device may be designed to be safely and efficiently removed from the intervertebral disc in the event they no longer be required.
  • While this invention has been particularly shown and described with reference to preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the scope of the invention encompassed by the appended claims.

Claims (33)

1. A method of treating an intervertebral disc comprising:
providing an implant delivery tool having a proximal end and a distal end, the distal end adapted to deliver a treatment device;
providing a fixation tool having a proximal end and a distal end, the distal end adapted to deliver a fixation element;
introducing the distal end of the implant delivery tool beyond at least a first outer layer of the anulus of an intervertebral disc
deploying said implant in the intervertebral disc;
introducing the distal end of said fixation tool beyond at least a first outer layer of the anulus;
deploying at least one fixation device into, or through, the wall of an anulus and through the implant to hold said implant at least partially beyond a first outer layer of the anulus;
removing said fixation tool; and
removing said implant delivery tool.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the implant delivery tool carries said implant.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the implant is held along an innermost layer of the anulus.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the implant is held in the space occupied by the nucleus.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the implant is a treatment device.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein said fixation device comprises at least one suture.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein said surgical suture material is resorbable.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein said fixation device comprises at least one anchor portion and at least one connection member.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein said fixation device comprises a resorbable material.
10. The method of claim 8, wherein said anchor portion comprises at least one barb.
11. The method of claim 8, wherein said at least one connection member comprises a suture.
12. The method of claim 8, wherein said at least one connection member comprises a wire.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein said fixation device comprises a woven or web-like material.
14. The method of claim 8, wherein said fixation device comprises a connection member that is knotted.
15. A fixation device useful for intervertebral disc reconstruction for treating a disc having a hole, defect, aperture, or weakenedportion in the wall of the anulus fibrosis of said intervertebral disc, said device comprising:
at least one anchor portion and at least one support member.
16. The device of claim 15, wherein said anchor portion comprises at least one barb.
17. The device of claim 15, wherein said anchor portion comprises a resorbable material.
18. The device of claim 15, wherein said support member comprises at least two different materials.
19. A method of treating an intervertebral disc comprising:
providing a first delivery tool having a proximal end and a distal end, the distal end carrying a treatment device;
providing at least one second delivery tool having a proximal end and a distal end, the distal end carrying a fixation element;
introducing the distal end of the first delivery tool at least partially into subannular intervertebral disc space;
deploying said treatment device;
introducing the distal end of said at least one second delivery tool at least partially into subannular intervertebral disc space;
deploying at least one fixation device into, or through, the wall of an annulus to hold said treatment device at least partially within the subannular intervertebral disc space.
removing said at least one second delivery tool;
removing said first delivery tool.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein said fixation device comprises at least one surgical suture.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein said surgical suture material is biodegradable.
22. The method of claim 19, wherein said fixation device comprises at least one anchor portion and at least one band portion.
23. The method of claim 19, wherein said fixation device is formed from biodegradable material or bioabsorbable material.
24. The method of claim 22, wherein said anchor portion comprises at least one barb.
25. The method of claim 22, wherein said at least one band is formed from suture material.
26. The method of claim 22, wherein said at least one band is formed from wire.
27. The method of claim 19, wherein said fixation device is secured with a knot.
28. A fixation device useful for intervertebral disc reconstruction for treating a disc having an aperture, weakened, or thin portion in the wall of the annulus fibrosis of said intervertebral disc, said device comprising:
at least one anchor portion and at least one band.
29. The device of claim 28, wherein said anchor portion comprises at least one barb.
30. The device of claim 28, wherein said at least one band is formed from suture material.
31. The device of claim 28, wherein said at least one band is formed from wire.
32. The device of claim 28, wherein said band comprises at least two different materials.
33. The device of claim 28, wherein said band is formed of mesh tube.
US11/641,174 1999-08-18 2006-12-19 Intervertebral disc anulus repair Abandoned US20070118133A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/641,174 US20070118133A1 (en) 1999-08-18 2006-12-19 Intervertebral disc anulus repair

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14949099P 1999-08-18 1999-08-18
US16108599P 1999-10-25 1999-10-25
US17299699P 1999-12-21 1999-12-21
US09/608,797 US6425919B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2000-06-30 Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US09/642,450 US6482235B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2000-08-18 Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US09/696,636 US6508839B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2000-10-25 Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US31158601P 2001-08-10 2001-08-10
US10/055,504 US7258700B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2001-10-25 Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention
US11/641,174 US20070118133A1 (en) 1999-08-18 2006-12-19 Intervertebral disc anulus repair

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/696,636 Continuation-In-Part US6508839B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2000-10-25 Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US10/055,504 Continuation US7258700B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2001-10-25 Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070118133A1 true US20070118133A1 (en) 2007-05-24

Family

ID=46326630

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/601,370 Expired - Fee Related US7998213B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2006-11-17 Intervertebral disc herniation repair
US11/641,174 Abandoned US20070118133A1 (en) 1999-08-18 2006-12-19 Intervertebral disc anulus repair
US11/653,662 Expired - Fee Related US7959679B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2007-01-16 Intervertebral anulus and nucleus augmentation
US12/430,787 Expired - Fee Related US8025698B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2009-04-27 Method of rehabilitating an anulus fibrosus

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/601,370 Expired - Fee Related US7998213B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2006-11-17 Intervertebral disc herniation repair

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/653,662 Expired - Fee Related US7959679B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2007-01-16 Intervertebral anulus and nucleus augmentation
US12/430,787 Expired - Fee Related US8025698B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2009-04-27 Method of rehabilitating an anulus fibrosus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US7998213B2 (en)

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040138673A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2004-07-15 Lambrecht Gregory H. Lateral probe advancement in intervertebral disc tissue
US20050004578A1 (en) * 1999-08-18 2005-01-06 Lambrecht Gregory H. Apparatus delivery in an intervertebral disc
US20050002909A1 (en) * 2000-04-07 2005-01-06 Centerpulse Biologics Inc Methods and compositions for treating intervertebral disc degeneration
US20060253121A1 (en) * 2004-06-21 2006-11-09 Bogomir Gorensek Minimally invasive method for delivery and positioning of intervertebral disc implants
US20070003525A1 (en) * 2003-01-31 2007-01-04 Moehlenbruck Jeffrey W Hydrogel compositions comprising nucleus pulposus tissue
US7658765B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2010-02-09 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Resilient intervertebral disc implant
US7727241B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-06-01 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Device for delivering an implant through an annular defect in an intervertebral disc
US7749275B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2010-07-06 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of reducing spinal implant migration
US7867278B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-01-11 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc anulus implant
US7959679B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-06-14 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral anulus and nucleus augmentation
US7972337B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2011-07-05 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Devices and methods for bone anchoring
US8231678B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2012-07-31 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of treating a herniated disc
US8317808B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2012-11-27 Covidien Lp Device and method for rolling and inserting a prosthetic patch into a body cavity
US8323341B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-12-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Impaction grafting for vertebral fusion
US8454612B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2013-06-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method for vertebral endplate reconstruction
US8758373B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2014-06-24 Covidien Lp Means and method for reversibly connecting a patch to a patch deployment device
US8808314B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2014-08-19 Covidien Lp Device and method for deploying and attaching an implant to a biological tissue
US8888811B2 (en) 2008-10-20 2014-11-18 Covidien Lp Device and method for attaching an implant to biological tissue
US8906045B2 (en) 2009-08-17 2014-12-09 Covidien Lp Articulating patch deployment device and method of use
US9034002B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2015-05-19 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US9044235B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2015-06-02 Covidien Lp Magnetic clip for implant deployment device
US9301826B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-04-05 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US9393002B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-19 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9393093B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-19 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9398944B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-26 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US9833240B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2017-12-05 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US9999424B2 (en) 2009-08-17 2018-06-19 Covidien Lp Means and method for reversibly connecting an implant to a deployment device
US10070969B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2018-09-11 Stryker European Holdings I, Llc Annulus plug for intervertebral disc repair

Families Citing this family (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7507243B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2009-03-24 Gregory Lambrecht Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc
US8128698B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2012-03-06 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus
WO2004041075A2 (en) * 2002-11-05 2004-05-21 Spineology, Inc. A semi-biological intervertebral disc replacement system
JP4857437B2 (en) * 2005-06-13 2012-01-18 日本メディカルマテリアル株式会社 Spinal disc replacement material for nucleus pulposus and method for producing the same
EP2111170A4 (en) * 2006-12-22 2013-01-02 Pioneer Surgical Technology Inc Implant retention device and methods
US8187333B2 (en) * 2008-09-18 2012-05-29 Mayer Peter L Intervertebral disc prosthesis and method for implanting and explanting
US8814937B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2014-08-26 Peter L. Mayer Intervertebral disc prosthesis, method for assembling, method for implanting prosthesis, and method for explanting
US8163022B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-04-24 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus
US9078761B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2015-07-14 Anchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. Devices and methods for treating tissue defects
US8652153B2 (en) 2010-01-11 2014-02-18 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Intervertebral disc annulus repair system and bone anchor delivery tool
JP6174025B2 (en) 2011-08-18 2017-08-02 アンカー オーソペディックス エックスティー インコーポレイテッドAnchor Orthopedics Xt Inc. Bi-directional suture threader
US20130282121A1 (en) * 2012-03-22 2013-10-24 Ann Prewett Spinal facet augmentation implant and method
US9393126B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2016-07-19 Peter L. Mayer Bilaterally placed disc prosthesis for spinal implant and method of bilateral placement
US9364339B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2016-06-14 Peter L. Mayer Unilaterally placed expansile spinal prosthesis
WO2013179277A1 (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 Newvert Ltd. Spinal disc annulus closure device
US10786235B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2020-09-29 Anchor Innovation Medical, Inc. Method and apparatus for closing a fissure in the annulus of an intervertebral disc, and/or for effecting other anatomical repairs and/or fixations
US9433404B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2016-09-06 Suture Concepts Inc. Method and apparatus for closing fissures in the annulus fibrosus
US9737294B2 (en) 2013-01-28 2017-08-22 Cartiva, Inc. Method and system for orthopedic repair
EP2948068A4 (en) 2013-01-28 2016-09-28 Cartiva Inc Systems and methods for orthopedic repair
EP3033014B1 (en) 2013-08-16 2021-04-14 Suture Concepts Inc. Apparatus for closing a fissure in the annulus of an intervertebral disc, and/or for effecting other anatomical repairs and/or fixations
WO2018066921A2 (en) * 2016-10-06 2018-04-12 아주대학교 산학협력단 Device for supporting semilunar cartilage hoop stress
WO2019051260A1 (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. Intervertebral implants, instruments, and methods
USD907771S1 (en) 2017-10-09 2021-01-12 Pioneer Surgical Technology, Inc. Intervertebral implant
CN110025371A (en) * 2019-05-09 2019-07-19 郝定均 Vertebral bone fills support device
CN111513890B (en) * 2020-04-24 2023-10-10 库诺夫斯私人有限公司 Nucleus pulposus prosthesis device implanted into annulus fibrosus of intervertebral disc, manufacturing method thereof and filling device

Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3867728A (en) * 1971-12-30 1975-02-25 Cutter Lab Prosthesis for spinal repair
US4078559A (en) * 1975-05-30 1978-03-14 Erkki Einari Nissinen Straightening and supporting device for the spinal column in the surgical treatment of scoliotic diseases
US4502161A (en) * 1981-09-21 1985-03-05 Wall W H Prosthetic meniscus for the repair of joints
US4573454A (en) * 1984-05-17 1986-03-04 Hoffman Gregory A Spinal fixation apparatus
US4798205A (en) * 1986-05-08 1989-01-17 Cox-Uphoff International Method of using a subperiosteal tissue expander
US4815453A (en) * 1983-05-04 1989-03-28 Societe De Fabrication De Materiel Orthopedique (Sofamor) Device for supporting the rachis
US4890612A (en) * 1987-02-17 1990-01-02 Kensey Nash Corporation Device for sealing percutaneous puncture in a vessel
US4904260A (en) * 1987-08-20 1990-02-27 Cedar Surgical, Inc. Prosthetic disc containing therapeutic material
US4911718A (en) * 1988-06-10 1990-03-27 University Of Medicine & Dentistry Of N.J. Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer
US4994073A (en) * 1989-02-22 1991-02-19 United States Surgical Corp. Skin fastener
US5002576A (en) * 1988-06-06 1991-03-26 Mecron Medizinische Produkte Gmbh Intervertebral disk endoprosthesis
US5100422A (en) * 1989-05-26 1992-03-31 Impra, Inc. Blood vessel patch
US5176692A (en) * 1991-12-09 1993-01-05 Wilk Peter J Method and surgical instrument for repairing hernia
US5180393A (en) * 1990-09-21 1993-01-19 Polyclinique De Bourgogne & Les Hortensiad Artificial ligament for the spine
US5189789A (en) * 1991-11-06 1993-03-02 Hall United Technologies, Inc., Int'l Method for sealing tubes
US5192301A (en) * 1989-01-17 1993-03-09 Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. Closing plug of a defect for medical use and a closing plug device utilizing it
US5192326A (en) * 1990-12-21 1993-03-09 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Hydrogel bead intervertebral disc nucleus
US5192300A (en) * 1990-10-01 1993-03-09 Quinton Instrument Company Insertion assembly and method of inserting a vessel plug into the body of a patient
US5282827A (en) * 1991-11-08 1994-02-01 Kensey Nash Corporation Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use
US5292332A (en) * 1992-07-27 1994-03-08 Lee Benjamin I Methods and device for percutanceous sealing of arterial puncture sites
US5383477A (en) * 1991-08-02 1995-01-24 Dematteis; Ralph A. Method and apparatus for laparoscopic repair of hernias
US5383905A (en) * 1992-10-09 1995-01-24 United States Surgical Corporation Suture loop locking device
US5387213A (en) * 1991-02-05 1995-02-07 Safir S.A.R.L. Osseous surgical implant particularly for an intervertebral stabilizer
US5391182A (en) * 1993-08-03 1995-02-21 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Apparatus and method for closing puncture wounds
US5397331A (en) * 1991-11-25 1995-03-14 Cook Incorporated Supporting device and apparatus for inserting the device
US5397332A (en) * 1993-09-02 1995-03-14 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical mesh applicator
US5500000A (en) * 1993-07-01 1996-03-19 United States Surgical Corporation Soft tissue repair system and method
US5571139A (en) * 1995-05-19 1996-11-05 Jenkins, Jr.; Joseph R. Bidirectional suture anchor
US5591223A (en) * 1992-11-23 1997-01-07 Children's Medical Center Corporation Re-expandable endoprosthesis
US5591235A (en) * 1995-03-15 1997-01-07 Kuslich; Stephen D. Spinal fixation device
US5591204A (en) * 1990-09-21 1997-01-07 Datascope Investment Corp. Device and method for sealing puncture wounds
US5609634A (en) * 1992-07-07 1997-03-11 Voydeville; Gilles Intervertebral prosthesis making possible rotatory stabilization and flexion/extension stabilization
US5611801A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-03-18 Pioneer Laboratories, Inc. Method and apparatus for bone fracture fixation
US5613974A (en) * 1992-12-10 1997-03-25 Perclose, Inc. Apparatus and method for vascular closure
US5705780A (en) * 1995-06-02 1998-01-06 Howmedica Inc. Dehydration of hydrogels
US5704936A (en) * 1992-04-10 1998-01-06 Eurosurgical Spinal osteosynthesis device
US5716409A (en) * 1996-10-16 1998-02-10 Debbas; Elie Reinforcement sheet for use in surgical repair
US5716416A (en) * 1996-09-10 1998-02-10 Lin; Chih-I Artificial intervertebral disk and method for implanting the same
US5716408A (en) * 1996-05-31 1998-02-10 C.R. Bard, Inc. Prosthesis for hernia repair and soft tissue reconstruction
US5725582A (en) * 1992-08-19 1998-03-10 Surgicraft Limited Surgical implants
US5725577A (en) * 1993-01-13 1998-03-10 Saxon; Allen Prosthesis for the repair of soft tissue defects
US5728150A (en) * 1996-07-29 1998-03-17 Cardiovascular Dynamics, Inc. Expandable microporous prosthesis
US5728097A (en) * 1992-03-17 1998-03-17 Sdgi Holding, Inc. Method for subcutaneous suprafascial internal fixation
US5860977A (en) * 1997-01-02 1999-01-19 Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc Spine distraction implant and method
US5860425A (en) * 1991-12-03 1999-01-19 Boston Scientific Technology, Inc. Bladder neck suspension procedure
US5865845A (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-02-02 Thalgott; John S. Prosthetic intervertebral disc
US5865846A (en) * 1994-11-14 1999-02-02 Bryan; Vincent Human spinal disc prosthesis
US6017346A (en) * 1997-07-18 2000-01-25 Ultraortho, Inc. Wedge for fastening tissue to bone
US6019793A (en) * 1996-10-21 2000-02-01 Synthes Surgical prosthetic device
US6019792A (en) * 1998-04-23 2000-02-01 Cauthen Research Group, Inc. Articulating spinal implant
US6024096A (en) * 1998-05-01 2000-02-15 Correstore Inc Anterior segment ventricular restoration apparatus and method
US6027527A (en) * 1996-12-06 2000-02-22 Piolax Inc. Stent
US6093205A (en) * 1997-06-25 2000-07-25 Bridport-Gundry Plc C/O Pearsalls Implants Surgical implant
US6146420A (en) * 1997-12-10 2000-11-14 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Osteogenic fusion device
US6173311B1 (en) * 1997-02-13 2001-01-09 Pointcast, Inc. Apparatus, method and article of manufacture for servicing client requests on a network
US6174323B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2001-01-16 Broncus Technologies, Inc. Method and assembly for lung volume reduction
US6180848B1 (en) * 1997-08-27 2001-01-30 Ethicon, Inc. Prosthesis obturating device for the obturation of a hernial canal
US6183518B1 (en) * 1999-02-22 2001-02-06 Anthony C. Ross Method of replacing nucleus pulposus and repairing the intervertebral disk
US6190414B1 (en) * 1996-10-31 2001-02-20 Surgical Dynamics Inc. Apparatus for fusion of adjacent bone structures
US6340369B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2002-01-22 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease with harvested disc cells and analogues of the extracellular matrix
US6344058B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2002-02-05 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantation of allograft disc and vertebral endplates
US20020026244A1 (en) * 2000-08-30 2002-02-28 Trieu Hai H. Intervertebral disc nucleus implants and methods
US20030004574A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-01-02 Ferree Bret A. Disc and annulus augmentation using biologic tissue
US6508828B1 (en) * 2000-11-03 2003-01-21 Radi Medical Systems Ab Sealing device and wound closure device
US6514194B2 (en) * 1997-01-02 2003-02-04 Myocor, Inc. Heart wall tension reduction apparatus and method
US6520967B1 (en) * 1999-10-20 2003-02-18 Cauthen Research Group, Inc. Spinal implant insertion instrument for spinal interbody prostheses
US20030040796A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-02-27 Ferree Bret A. Devices used to treat disc herniation and attachment mechanisms therefore
US6685695B2 (en) * 1999-08-13 2004-02-03 Bret A. Ferree Method and apparatus for providing nutrition to intervertebral disc tissue
US6689125B1 (en) * 2000-04-04 2004-02-10 Spinalabs, Llc Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders
US20040034353A1 (en) * 1994-03-28 2004-02-19 Michelson Gary Karlin Apparatus and method for anterior spinal stabilization
US20050015148A1 (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 Jansen Lex P. Biocompatible wires and methods of using same to fill bone void
US20050027362A1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2005-02-03 Williams Lytton A. Method and apparatus for intervertebral implant anchorage
US6855166B2 (en) * 1998-03-20 2005-02-15 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Intevertebral implant with reduced contact area and method
US6984247B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2006-01-10 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent
US6989031B2 (en) * 2001-04-02 2006-01-24 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Hemi-interbody spinal implant manufactured from a major long bone ring or a bone composite
US20060030884A1 (en) * 2002-03-14 2006-02-09 Yeung Jeffrey E Suture anchor and approximating device
US6997953B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2006-02-14 Depuy Spine, Inc. Method for implanting a laminoplasty
US7004970B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2006-02-28 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair
US20070027471A1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2007-02-01 Ferree Bret A Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation and preventing the extrusion of interbody bone graft
US7172627B2 (en) * 2001-04-03 2007-02-06 Scient'x Stabilized interbody fusion system for vertebrae
US20080009792A1 (en) * 2006-01-27 2008-01-10 Bruce Henniges System and method for deliverying an agglomeration of solid beads and cement to the interior of a bone in order to form an implant within the bone
US7318840B2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2008-01-15 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Intervertebral disc treatment devices and methods
US20080015693A1 (en) * 2004-05-27 2008-01-17 Regis Le Couedic Spinal Arthroplasty System
US7326249B2 (en) * 2001-02-28 2008-02-05 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Flexible spine stabilization systems
US20080039586A1 (en) * 2006-07-17 2008-02-14 Syracuse University Multi-Solution Bone Cements and Methods of Making the Same
US7331956B2 (en) * 2000-09-28 2008-02-19 Arthrocare Corporation Methods and apparatus for treating back pain
US7335213B1 (en) * 2002-11-15 2008-02-26 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Apparatus and methods for heart valve repair
US20090012540A1 (en) * 2005-11-16 2009-01-08 Bischoff Textil Ag Implant for Sealing and/or Healing a Defect in an Annulus of an Intervertebral Disc
US20090024165A1 (en) * 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Ferree Bret A Methods of annulus and ligament reconstruction using flexible devices
US7491236B2 (en) * 2000-02-16 2009-02-17 Trans1, Inc. Dual anchor prosthetic nucleus apparatus
US7491179B2 (en) * 2000-08-25 2009-02-17 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus and method for assessing loads on adjacent bones
US20100004664A1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2010-01-07 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Anchoring system for disc repair
US7658765B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2010-02-09 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Resilient intervertebral disc implant
US7666205B2 (en) * 2001-04-19 2010-02-23 Synthes Usa, Llc Inflatable device and method for reducing fractures in bone and in treating the spine
US20100049259A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2010-02-25 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method for vertebral endplate reconstruction
US7867278B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2011-01-11 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc anulus implant
US20110022061A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2011-01-27 Depuy Mitek, Inc. Apparatus and method for repairing tissue
US7879097B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2011-02-01 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of performing a procedure within a disc
US8105384B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2012-01-31 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Weakened anulus repair

Family Cites Families (408)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US598256A (en) * 1898-02-01 Trustees
US597007A (en) * 1898-01-11 Embroidery-frame
US2702462A (en) * 1954-08-13 1955-02-22 Hemphill Co Method and apparatus for cutting and binding yarns
US3526567A (en) 1967-04-19 1970-09-01 Avant Corp Laminated card envelope
US3875595A (en) 1974-04-15 1975-04-08 Edward C Froning Intervertebral disc prosthesis and instruments for locating same
GB1519139A (en) 1974-06-18 1978-07-26 Crock H V And Pericic L L securing elongate members to structurs more especially in surgical procedures
US3921632A (en) 1974-08-16 1975-11-25 Frank M Bardani Implant device
US4280954A (en) 1975-07-15 1981-07-28 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Crosslinked collagen-mucopolysaccharide composite materials
US4041550A (en) 1976-07-30 1977-08-16 Frazier Calvin H Artificial patella and method of repairing a natural patella
DE2917446A1 (en) 1979-04-28 1980-11-06 Merck Patent Gmbh SURGICAL MATERIAL
CA1146301A (en) 1980-06-13 1983-05-17 J. David Kuntz Intervertebral disc prosthesis
US4741330A (en) 1983-05-19 1988-05-03 Hayhurst John O Method and apparatus for anchoring and manipulating cartilage
US4473070A (en) 1983-01-05 1984-09-25 Regents Of The University Of Michigan Intramedullary reamer
US4532926A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-08-06 Ethicon, Inc. Two-piece tissue fastener with ratchet leg staple and sealable latching receiver
US4665906A (en) 1983-10-14 1987-05-19 Raychem Corporation Medical devices incorporating sim alloy elements
US4873976A (en) 1984-02-28 1989-10-17 Schreiber Saul N Surgical fasteners and method
US4837285A (en) 1984-03-27 1989-06-06 Medimatrix Collagen matrix beads for soft tissue repair
JPS64887Y2 (en) 1984-12-21 1989-01-10
US4781190A (en) 1985-06-18 1988-11-01 Lee Wilson K C Method of arthroscopic repair of a limb joint
US4743256A (en) 1985-10-04 1988-05-10 Brantigan John W Surgical prosthetic implant facilitating vertebral interbody fusion and method
US4755184A (en) 1986-01-09 1988-07-05 Mark Silverberg Bone augmentation implant
US4821942A (en) 1986-09-11 1989-04-18 Ophthalmic Ventures Limited Partnership Driver for surgical microstapler
US5007909A (en) 1986-11-05 1991-04-16 Chaim Rogozinski Apparatus for internally fixing the spine
JPS6395043U (en) 1986-12-09 1988-06-18
US4871094A (en) 1986-12-31 1989-10-03 Alcon Laboratories, Inc. Means and method for dispensing substances
CH671691A5 (en) 1987-01-08 1989-09-29 Sulzer Ag
NL8700113A (en) 1987-01-19 1988-08-16 Groningen Science Park INK, SUITABLE FOR TREATMENT BY RECONSTRUCTIVE SURGERY, WITH TISSUE-SPECIFIC POROSITY, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE ENTAGMENT.
US4852568A (en) 1987-02-17 1989-08-01 Kensey Nash Corporation Method and apparatus for sealing an opening in tissue of a living being
US4744364A (en) * 1987-02-17 1988-05-17 Intravascular Surgical Instruments, Inc. Device for sealing percutaneous puncture in a vessel
US4738251A (en) 1987-02-20 1988-04-19 Codespi, Corporation Correcting device for spine pathology
DE8704134U1 (en) 1987-03-19 1987-07-16 Zielke, Klaus, Dr.Med., 3590 Bad Wildungen, De
US4863477A (en) 1987-05-12 1989-09-05 Monson Gary L Synthetic intervertebral disc prosthesis
US5478353A (en) * 1987-05-14 1995-12-26 Yoon; Inbae Suture tie device system and method for suturing anatomical tissue proximate an opening
US4898156A (en) 1987-05-18 1990-02-06 Mitek Surgical Products, Inc. Suture anchor
CH672589A5 (en) 1987-07-09 1989-12-15 Sulzer Ag
CH672588A5 (en) 1987-07-09 1989-12-15 Sulzer Ag
US5306311A (en) 1987-07-20 1994-04-26 Regen Corporation Prosthetic articular cartilage
US5258043A (en) 1987-07-20 1993-11-02 Regen Corporation Method for making a prosthetic intervertebral disc
US5108438A (en) 1989-03-02 1992-04-28 Regen Corporation Prosthetic intervertebral disc
JPH01136655A (en) 1987-11-24 1989-05-29 Asahi Optical Co Ltd Movable type pyramid spacer
US4874389A (en) 1987-12-07 1989-10-17 Downey Ernest L Replacement disc
JPH0431072Y2 (en) 1988-03-14 1992-07-27
US5772661A (en) 1988-06-13 1998-06-30 Michelson; Gary Karlin Methods and instrumentation for the surgical correction of human thoracic and lumbar spinal disease from the antero-lateral aspect of the spine
JPH0529694Y2 (en) 1988-07-14 1993-07-29
AU624627B2 (en) 1988-08-18 1992-06-18 Johnson & Johnson Orthopaedics, Inc. Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer containing elastomeric material of varying hardness
US5545229A (en) 1988-08-18 1996-08-13 University Of Medicine And Dentistry Of Nj Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer containing elastomeric material of varying hardness
US5053046A (en) 1988-08-22 1991-10-01 Woodrow W. Janese Dural sealing needle and method of use
US4919667A (en) 1988-12-02 1990-04-24 Stryker Corporation Implant
FR2639823A1 (en) 1988-12-06 1990-06-08 Garcia Alain Replacement of the nucleus of the intervertebral disc by a polyurethane polymerised in situ
CA1318469C (en) 1989-02-15 1993-06-01 Acromed Corporation Artificial disc
US5059206A (en) 1989-04-12 1991-10-22 Winters Thomas F Method and apparatus for repairing a tear in a knee meniscus
US5015255A (en) 1989-05-10 1991-05-14 Spine-Tech, Inc. Spinal stabilization method
CA2007210C (en) 1989-05-10 1996-07-09 Stephen D. Kuslich Intervertebral reamer
US4936844A (en) 1989-05-25 1990-06-26 Boehringer Mannheim Corporation Bone fixation system
US5129906A (en) 1989-09-08 1992-07-14 Linvatec Corporation Bioabsorbable tack for joining bodily tissue and in vivo method and apparatus for deploying same
US5061274A (en) 1989-12-04 1991-10-29 Kensey Nash Corporation Plug device for sealing openings and method of use
US5201729A (en) 1990-01-12 1993-04-13 Laserscope Method for performing percutaneous diskectomy using a laser
WO1991015155A1 (en) 1990-04-02 1991-10-17 Kanji Inoue Device for closing shunt opening by nonoperative method
EP0453393B1 (en) 1990-04-20 1993-10-06 SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG Implant, particularly intervertebral prosthesis
US5021059A (en) 1990-05-07 1991-06-04 Kensey Nash Corporation Plug device with pulley for sealing punctures in tissue and methods of use
US5342394A (en) 1990-05-16 1994-08-30 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Apparatus for blocking a vein branch and method of blocking a vein branch
GB9020379D0 (en) 1990-09-18 1990-10-31 Femcare Ltd Suture apparatus
US5147387A (en) 1990-10-10 1992-09-15 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. Process of implanting a prosthetic sheet repair material
US5141515A (en) * 1990-10-11 1992-08-25 Eberbach Mark A Apparatus and methods for repairing hernias
US5116357A (en) 1990-10-11 1992-05-26 Eberbach Mark A Hernia plug and introducer apparatus
US5122155A (en) 1990-10-11 1992-06-16 Eberbach Mark A Hernia repair apparatus and method of use
DE9016227U1 (en) 1990-11-29 1991-02-14 Howmedica Gmbh, 2314 Schoenkirchen, De
US5047055A (en) 1990-12-21 1991-09-10 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus
US5108420A (en) 1991-02-01 1992-04-28 Temple University Aperture occlusion device
US5171252A (en) 1991-02-05 1992-12-15 Friedland Thomas W Surgical fastening clip formed of a shape memory alloy, a method of making such a clip and a method of using such a clip
WO1992013500A1 (en) 1991-02-08 1992-08-20 Surgical Innovations, Inc. Method and apparatus for repair of inguinal hernias
US5464407A (en) 1991-02-19 1995-11-07 Mcguire; David A. Flexible surgical screwdriver and methods of arthroscopic ligament reconstruction
US5123926A (en) 1991-02-22 1992-06-23 Madhavan Pisharodi Artificial spinal prosthesis
US5254133A (en) 1991-04-24 1993-10-19 Seid Arnold S Surgical implantation device and related method of use
US5269783A (en) 1991-05-13 1993-12-14 United States Surgical Corporation Device and method for repairing torn tissue
US5217471A (en) 1991-05-30 1993-06-08 Burkhart Stephen S Endoscopic suture knotting instrument
US5239982A (en) 1991-06-07 1993-08-31 Baxter International Inc. Catheter depth gauge and method of use
US5242448A (en) 1991-08-01 1993-09-07 Pettine Kenneth A Bone probe
US5320644A (en) 1991-08-30 1994-06-14 Sulzer Brothers Limited Intervertebral disk prosthesis
US5222974A (en) * 1991-11-08 1993-06-29 Kensey Nash Corporation Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use
US5258000A (en) 1991-11-25 1993-11-02 Cook Incorporated Tissue aperture repair device
RU2020901C1 (en) 1991-11-28 1994-10-15 Научно-практический центр имплантатов с памятью формы "Доктор" Intervertebral disc endoprosthesis
WO1993010715A2 (en) 1991-12-03 1993-06-10 Vesitec Medical, Inc. Surgical treatment of stress urinary incontinence
DE69323779T2 (en) 1991-12-03 1999-09-30 Boston Scient Ireland Ltd Instrument for passing a sewing thread
US5147374A (en) * 1991-12-05 1992-09-15 Alfredo Fernandez Prosthetic mesh patch for hernia repair
US5207649A (en) 1991-12-13 1993-05-04 Brigham And Women's Hospital Introducer sheath having a hemostatic closure
US5425773A (en) 1992-01-06 1995-06-20 Danek Medical, Inc. Intervertebral disk arthroplasty device
US5258031A (en) 1992-01-06 1993-11-02 Danek Medical Intervertebral disk arthroplasty
US5902272A (en) 1992-01-07 1999-05-11 Arthrocare Corporation Planar ablation probe and method for electrosurgical cutting and ablation
CA2089999A1 (en) 1992-02-24 1993-08-25 H. Jonathan Tovey Resilient arm mesh deployer
ATE141149T1 (en) 1992-04-21 1996-08-15 Sulzer Medizinaltechnik Ag ARTIFICIAL DISC BODY
US5222962A (en) 1992-04-23 1993-06-29 Burkhart Stephen S Endoscopic surgical instrument for releasably grasping a curved needle
US5540712A (en) 1992-05-01 1996-07-30 Nitinol Medical Technologies, Inc. Stent and method and apparatus for forming and delivering the same
US5766246A (en) 1992-05-20 1998-06-16 C. R. Bard, Inc. Implantable prosthesis and method and apparatus for loading and delivering an implantable prothesis
US5342393A (en) 1992-08-27 1994-08-30 Duke University Method and device for vascular repair
US5236438A (en) 1992-09-10 1993-08-17 Wilk Peter J Method and assembly for repairing liver laceration
US5562735A (en) 1992-11-09 1996-10-08 Hospital For Joint Diseases Spinal stabilization system and improved method
IL103737A (en) 1992-11-13 1997-02-18 Technion Res & Dev Foundation Stapler device particularly useful in medical suturing
US5972000A (en) 1992-11-13 1999-10-26 Influence Medical Technologies, Ltd. Non-linear anchor inserter device and bone anchors
US5320633A (en) 1992-12-10 1994-06-14 William C. Allen Method and system for repairing a tear in the meniscus
US5743917A (en) * 1993-01-13 1998-04-28 Saxon; Allen Prosthesis for the repair of soft tissue defects
US5676701A (en) 1993-01-14 1997-10-14 Smith & Nephew, Inc. Low wear artificial spinal disc
US5356432B1 (en) 1993-02-05 1997-02-04 Bard Inc C R Implantable mesh prosthesis and method for repairing muscle or tissue wall defects
ES2161725T3 (en) 1993-02-09 2001-12-16 Depuy Acromed Inc INTERVERTEBRAL DISC.
US5368602A (en) 1993-02-11 1994-11-29 De La Torre; Roger A. Surgical mesh with semi-rigid border members
US6066175A (en) 1993-02-16 2000-05-23 Henderson; Fraser C. Fusion stabilization chamber
US5534028A (en) 1993-04-20 1996-07-09 Howmedica, Inc. Hydrogel intervertebral disc nucleus with diminished lateral bulging
EP0621020A1 (en) * 1993-04-21 1994-10-26 SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG Intervertebral prosthesis and method of implanting such a prosthesis
US5312435A (en) 1993-05-17 1994-05-17 Kensey Nash Corporation Fail predictable, reinforced anchor for hemostatic puncture closure
FR2707480B1 (en) 1993-06-28 1995-10-20 Bisserie Michel Intervertebral disc prosthesis.
RU2080841C1 (en) 1993-06-28 1997-06-10 Частное предприятие "Алекс" Intervertebral disk endoprosthesis
US5507754A (en) 1993-08-20 1996-04-16 United States Surgical Corporation Apparatus and method for applying and adjusting an anchoring device
CA2124651C (en) 1993-08-20 2004-09-28 David T. Green Apparatus and method for applying and adjusting an anchoring device
US5676698A (en) 1993-09-07 1997-10-14 Datascope Investment Corp. Soft tissue implant
FR2709947B1 (en) 1993-09-13 1995-11-10 Bard Sa Laboratoires Curved prosthetic mesh and its manufacturing process.
FR2709949B1 (en) 1993-09-14 1995-10-13 Commissariat Energie Atomique Intervertebral disc prosthesis.
US5522898A (en) 1993-09-16 1996-06-04 Howmedica Inc. Dehydration of hydrogels
US5769893A (en) 1993-09-29 1998-06-23 Shah; Mrugesh K. Apparatus and method for promoting growth and repair of soft tissue
US5556428A (en) 1993-09-29 1996-09-17 Shah; Mrugesh K. Apparatus and method for promoting growth and repair of soft tissue
RU2055544C1 (en) 1993-10-26 1996-03-10 Товарищество с ограниченной ответственностью "ЭКОПЛАСТ" Implant for reconstructive-recovery and plastic surgery
US5514180A (en) 1994-01-14 1996-05-07 Heggeness; Michael H. Prosthetic intervertebral devices
US5431658A (en) 1994-02-14 1995-07-11 Moskovich; Ronald Facilitator for vertebrae grafts and prostheses
IL108832A (en) 1994-03-03 1999-12-31 Medinol Ltd Urological stent and deployment device therefor
US6093207A (en) 1994-03-18 2000-07-25 Pisharodi; Madhavan Middle expanded, removable intervertebral disk stabilizer disk
US5545178A (en) * 1994-04-29 1996-08-13 Kensey Nash Corporation System for closing a percutaneous puncture formed by a trocar to prevent tissue at the puncture from herniating
US5531759A (en) 1994-04-29 1996-07-02 Kensey Nash Corporation System for closing a percutaneous puncture formed by a trocar to prevent tissue at the puncture from herniating
US5556429A (en) 1994-05-06 1996-09-17 Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. Joint resurfacing system
US5888220A (en) 1994-05-06 1999-03-30 Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. Articulating joint repair
US6140452A (en) 1994-05-06 2000-10-31 Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. Biomaterial for in situ tissue repair
DE4417637A1 (en) 1994-05-19 1995-11-23 Rudolf Dr Med Bertagnoli Instrument for the percutaneous treatment of tissue parts
US5571189A (en) 1994-05-20 1996-11-05 Kuslich; Stephen D. Expandable fabric implant for stabilizing the spinal motion segment
AU2621295A (en) 1994-05-24 1995-12-18 Smith & Nephew Plc Intervertebral disc implant
WO1995032671A1 (en) 1994-06-01 1995-12-07 Perclose, Inc. Method and device for providing vascular hemostasis
US5846261A (en) 1994-07-08 1998-12-08 Aga Medical Corp. Percutaneous catheter directed occlusion devices
EP0692227A1 (en) 1994-07-11 1996-01-17 SULZER Medizinaltechnik AG Sheet implant
US5545166A (en) 1994-07-14 1996-08-13 Advanced Spine Fixation Systems, Incorporated Spinal segmental reduction derotational fixation system
US5397355A (en) 1994-07-19 1995-03-14 Stentco, Inc. Intraluminal stent
US5681310A (en) 1994-07-20 1997-10-28 Yuan; Hansen A. Vertebral auxiliary fixation device having holding capability
US5582616A (en) 1994-08-05 1996-12-10 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Surgical helical fastener with applicator
DE69522060T2 (en) 1994-09-08 2002-05-29 Stryker Technologies Corp Intervertebral disc core made of hydrogel
JPH08196538A (en) * 1994-09-26 1996-08-06 Ethicon Inc Tissue sticking apparatus for surgery with elastomer component and method of attaching mesh for surgery to said tissue
US5730744A (en) 1994-09-27 1998-03-24 Justin; Daniel F. Soft tissue screw, delivery device, and method
US5569252A (en) 1994-09-27 1996-10-29 Justin; Daniel F. Device for repairing a meniscal tear in a knee and method
US5634931A (en) 1994-09-29 1997-06-03 Surgical Sense, Inc. Hernia mesh patches and methods of their use
US5769864A (en) 1994-09-29 1998-06-23 Surgical Sense, Inc. Hernia mesh patch
US5916225A (en) 1994-09-29 1999-06-29 Surgical Sense, Inc. Hernia mesh patch
US5785705A (en) 1994-10-11 1998-07-28 Oratec Interventions, Inc. RF method for controlled depth ablation of soft tissue
US5514130A (en) 1994-10-11 1996-05-07 Dorsal Med International RF apparatus for controlled depth ablation of soft tissue
US5562736A (en) 1994-10-17 1996-10-08 Raymedica, Inc. Method for surgical implantation of a prosthetic spinal disc nucleus
EP0786963B1 (en) 1994-10-17 2004-04-07 RayMedica, Inc. Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus
US5824093A (en) 1994-10-17 1998-10-20 Raymedica, Inc. Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus
US5681351A (en) 1994-10-21 1997-10-28 Ethicon, Inc. Suture clip suitable for use on monofilament sutures
US5891558A (en) 1994-11-22 1999-04-06 Tissue Engineering, Inc. Biopolymer foams for use in tissue repair and reconstruction
IT1278164B1 (en) 1995-01-20 1997-11-17 Trode Srl X CORONARY ENDOPROTESIS AND METHOD FOR ITS REALIZATION
US5634936A (en) 1995-02-06 1997-06-03 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Device for closing a septal defect
DE19504867C1 (en) 1995-02-14 1996-02-29 Harms Juergen Position retainer for spine
US6124523A (en) 1995-03-10 2000-09-26 Impra, Inc. Encapsulated stent
US5645084A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-07-08 Danek Medical, Inc. Method for spinal fusion without decortication
US5733337A (en) 1995-04-07 1998-03-31 Organogenesis, Inc. Tissue repair fabric
US6602248B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2003-08-05 Arthro Care Corp. Methods for repairing damaged intervertebral discs
US5641373A (en) 1995-04-17 1997-06-24 Baxter International Inc. Method of manufacturing a radially-enlargeable PTFE tape-reinforced vascular graft
US5645549A (en) 1995-04-24 1997-07-08 Danek Medical, Inc. Template for positioning interbody fusion devices
RU2078551C1 (en) 1995-04-28 1997-05-10 Акционерное общество открытого типа "Имплант" Endoprosthesis of intervertebral disc
US5552100A (en) 1995-05-02 1996-09-03 Baxter International Inc. Method for manufacturing porous fluoropolymer films
US5626613A (en) 1995-05-04 1997-05-06 Arthrex, Inc. Corkscrew suture anchor and driver
EP0830110B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2010-08-04 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Externally supported tape reinforced vascular graft
US5669935A (en) 1995-07-28 1997-09-23 Ethicon, Inc. One-way suture retaining device for braided sutures
US5662683A (en) 1995-08-22 1997-09-02 Ortho Helix Limited Open helical organic tissue anchor and method of facilitating healing
AU707727B2 (en) 1995-08-24 1999-07-15 Impra, Inc. Covered endoluminal stent and method of assembly
US5595563A (en) * 1995-09-05 1997-01-21 Moisdon; Roger G. F. Method and apparatus for maintaining the position of body parts
US5993448A (en) 1995-10-02 1999-11-30 Remmler; Daniel J. Implantable apparatus, matrix and method for correction of craniofacial bone deformities
US5716413A (en) 1995-10-11 1998-02-10 Osteobiologics, Inc. Moldable, hand-shapable biodegradable implant material
AU726713B2 (en) 1995-10-13 2000-11-16 Transvascular, Inc. Methods and apparatus for bypassing arterial obstructions and/or performing other transvascular procedures
US6007570A (en) 1996-08-13 1999-12-28 Oratec Interventions, Inc. Apparatus with functional element for performing function upon intervertebral discs
US6095149A (en) 1996-08-13 2000-08-01 Oratec Interventions, Inc. Method for treating intervertebral disc degeneration
ES2278091T3 (en) 1995-11-08 2007-08-01 Zimmer Gmbh DEVICE FOR INTRODUCING AN IMPLANT, IN PARTICULAR AN INTERVERTEBRAL PROTESIS.
US5843084A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-12-01 Innovasive Devices, Inc. Surgical fastening system and method for using the same
US5827298A (en) 1995-11-17 1998-10-27 Innovasive Devices, Inc. Surgical fastening system and method for using the same
US5645597A (en) 1995-12-29 1997-07-08 Krapiva; Pavel I. Disc replacement method and apparatus
US5702462A (en) 1996-01-24 1997-12-30 Oberlander; Michael Method of meniscal repair
US5658286A (en) 1996-02-05 1997-08-19 Sava; Garard A. Fabrication of implantable bone fixation elements
US6273912B1 (en) 1996-02-28 2001-08-14 Impra, Inc. Flanged graft for end-to-side anastomosis
US5782844A (en) 1996-03-05 1998-07-21 Inbae Yoon Suture spring device applicator
US5810851A (en) 1996-03-05 1998-09-22 Yoon; Inbae Suture spring device
US6099791A (en) 1996-03-08 2000-08-08 Baxter International Inc. Methods of manufacture of multiaxially oriented fluoropolymer films
US5800550A (en) 1996-03-13 1998-09-01 Sertich; Mario M. Interbody fusion cage
US5823994A (en) 1996-03-15 1998-10-20 Oratec Interventions, Inc. Method and apparatus for soft tissue fixation
US5683465A (en) 1996-03-18 1997-11-04 Shinn; Gary Lee Artificial intervertebral disk prosthesis
FR2747034B1 (en) 1996-04-03 1998-06-19 Scient X INTERSOMATIC CONTAINMENT AND MERGER SYSTEM
US5788625A (en) 1996-04-05 1998-08-04 Depuy Orthopaedics, Inc. Method of making reconstructive SIS structure for cartilaginous elements in situ
US5843082A (en) 1996-05-31 1998-12-01 Acromed Corporation Cervical spine stabilization method and system
US5690674A (en) 1996-07-02 1997-11-25 Cordis Corporation Wound closure with plug
US5928279A (en) 1996-07-03 1999-07-27 Baxter International Inc. Stented, radially expandable, tubular PTFE grafts
US7357798B2 (en) 1996-07-16 2008-04-15 Arthrocare Corporation Systems and methods for electrosurgical prevention of disc herniations
US6126682A (en) 1996-08-13 2000-10-03 Oratec Interventions, Inc. Method for treating annular fissures in intervertebral discs
US6733496B2 (en) 2001-06-06 2004-05-11 Oratec Interventions, Inc. Intervertebral disc device employing flexible probe
US5776183A (en) 1996-08-23 1998-07-07 Kanesaka; Nozomu Expandable stent
US5895426A (en) 1996-09-06 1999-04-20 Osteotech, Inc. Fusion implant device and method of use
NL1004276C2 (en) 1996-10-15 1998-04-20 Willem Marie Ysebaert Methods for manufacturing skin islets, for moving skin or islets, for spreading skin isles and applying them to a burn, as well as a holder, cutting frame, cutting table, counter carrier, clamping member, membrane, transporter and spreader for use in such methods.
US5782831A (en) 1996-11-06 1998-07-21 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Method an device for spinal deformity reduction using a cable and a cable tensioning system
AU7178698A (en) 1996-11-15 1998-06-03 Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. Biomaterial system for in situ tissue repair
US5899938A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-05-04 Joseph H. Sklar Graft ligament anchor and method for attaching a graft ligament to a bone
US6416537B1 (en) 1996-12-03 2002-07-09 Atrium Medical Corporation Multi-stage prosthesis
US6077214A (en) 1998-07-29 2000-06-20 Myocor, Inc. Stress reduction apparatus and method
US6406420B1 (en) 1997-01-02 2002-06-18 Myocor, Inc. Methods and devices for improving cardiac function in hearts
US5961545A (en) 1997-01-17 1999-10-05 Meadox Medicals, Inc. EPTFE graft-stent composite device
US6203735B1 (en) 1997-02-03 2001-03-20 Impra, Inc. Method of making expanded polytetrafluoroethylene products
US5954716A (en) 1997-02-19 1999-09-21 Oratec Interventions, Inc Method for modifying the length of a ligament
US5800549A (en) 1997-04-30 1998-09-01 Howmedica Inc. Method and apparatus for injecting an elastic spinal implant
US6120539A (en) 1997-05-01 2000-09-19 C. R. Bard Inc. Prosthetic repair fabric
US5922026A (en) 1997-05-01 1999-07-13 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Surgical method and prosthetic strip therefor
US5938669A (en) 1997-05-07 1999-08-17 Klasamed S.A. Adjustable gastric banding device for contracting a patient's stomach
US6102930A (en) 1997-05-16 2000-08-15 Simmons, Jr.; Edward D. Volumetric measurement device and method in lateral recess and foraminal spinal stenosis
US6007575A (en) 1997-06-06 1999-12-28 Samuels; Shaun Laurence Wilkie Inflatable intraluminal stent and method for affixing same within the human body
US5893889A (en) 1997-06-20 1999-04-13 Harrington; Michael Artificial disc
US5824082A (en) 1997-07-14 1998-10-20 Brown; Roderick B. Patch for endoscopic repair of hernias
US6491690B1 (en) 1997-07-18 2002-12-10 Gyrus Medical Limited Electrosurgical instrument
US5957939A (en) 1997-07-31 1999-09-28 Imagyn Medical Technologies, Inc. Medical device for deploying surgical fabrics
US5824094A (en) 1997-10-17 1998-10-20 Acromed Corporation Spinal disc
US5972007A (en) 1997-10-31 1999-10-26 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Energy-base method applied to prosthetics for repairing tissue defects
US5947968A (en) 1997-11-03 1999-09-07 Rogozinski; Chaim Graft anchor and method
US5888226A (en) 1997-11-12 1999-03-30 Rogozinski; Chaim Intervertebral prosthetic disc
US5976174A (en) 1997-12-15 1999-11-02 Ruiz; Carlos E. Medical hole closure device and methods of use
US6146380A (en) 1998-01-09 2000-11-14 Radionics, Inc. Bent tip electrical surgical probe
US5911701A (en) 1998-01-29 1999-06-15 Sdgi Holidings, Inc. Surgical cutting instrument
JP2002506672A (en) 1998-03-19 2002-03-05 オーレイテック インターヴェンションズ インコーポレイテッド Catheter for delivering energy to the surgical site
ATE233521T1 (en) 1998-04-29 2003-03-15 Dimso Sa SPINAL OSTEOSYNTHESIS SYSTEM WITH TENSIONING DEVICE, ESPECIALLY FOR ANTERIOR FIXATION
US6224630B1 (en) * 1998-05-29 2001-05-01 Advanced Bio Surfaces, Inc. Implantable tissue repair device
US6132465A (en) 1998-06-04 2000-10-17 Raymedica, Inc. Tapered prosthetic spinal disc nucleus
US6599311B1 (en) 1998-06-05 2003-07-29 Broncus Technologies, Inc. Method and assembly for lung volume reduction
US6241722B1 (en) 1998-06-17 2001-06-05 Cryogen, Inc. Cryogenic device, system and method of using same
US5928284A (en) 1998-07-09 1999-07-27 Mehdizadeh; Hamid M. Disc replacement prosthesis
US6260552B1 (en) 1998-07-29 2001-07-17 Myocor, Inc. Transventricular implant tools and devices
US6648903B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2003-11-18 Pierson, Iii Raymond H. Medical tensioning system
US6245099B1 (en) 1998-09-30 2001-06-12 Impra, Inc. Selective adherence of stent-graft coverings, mandrel and method of making stent-graft device
US6174311B1 (en) 1998-10-28 2001-01-16 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Interbody fusion grafts and instrumentation
WO2000025707A1 (en) 1998-10-30 2000-05-11 Michelson Gary K Self-broaching, rotatable, push-in interbody fusion implant and method for deployment thereof
US6001056A (en) 1998-11-13 1999-12-14 Baxter International Inc. Smooth ventricular assist device conduit
ATE543442T1 (en) 1998-12-31 2012-02-15 Kensey Nash Corp TISSUE FASTENING DEVICES
US5989256A (en) 1999-01-19 1999-11-23 Spineology, Inc. Bone fixation cable ferrule
US6398803B1 (en) 1999-02-02 2002-06-04 Impra, Inc., A Subsidiary Of C.R. Bard, Inc. Partial encapsulation of stents
US6231597B1 (en) 1999-02-16 2001-05-15 Mark E. Deem Apparatus and methods for selectively stenting a portion of a vessel wall
US6264659B1 (en) 1999-02-22 2001-07-24 Anthony C. Ross Method of treating an intervertebral disk
US6436143B1 (en) 1999-02-22 2002-08-20 Anthony C. Ross Method and apparatus for treating intervertebral disks
US6206921B1 (en) 1999-02-22 2001-03-27 Peter A. Guagliano Method of replacing nucleus pulposus and repairing the intervertebral disk
US6613074B1 (en) 1999-03-10 2003-09-02 Cordis Corporation Endovascular aneurysm embolization device
US6113639A (en) 1999-03-23 2000-09-05 Raymedica, Inc. Trial implant and trial implant kit for evaluating an intradiscal space
US6110210A (en) 1999-04-08 2000-08-29 Raymedica, Inc. Prosthetic spinal disc nucleus having selectively coupled bodies
US6428576B1 (en) * 1999-04-16 2002-08-06 Endospine, Ltd. System for repairing inter-vertebral discs
US6325805B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-12-04 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Shape memory alloy staple
US6299613B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2001-10-09 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Method for the correction of spinal deformities through vertebral body tethering without fusion
US6607530B1 (en) 1999-05-10 2003-08-19 Highgate Orthopedics, Inc. Systems and methods for spinal fixation
US6371990B1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2002-04-16 Bret A. Ferree Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus
US6419704B1 (en) 1999-10-08 2002-07-16 Bret Ferree Artificial intervertebral disc replacement methods and apparatus
US20060247665A1 (en) 1999-05-28 2006-11-02 Ferree Bret A Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation and preventing the extrusion of interbody bone graft
US7273497B2 (en) 1999-05-28 2007-09-25 Anova Corp. Methods for treating a defect in the annulus fibrosis
US6969404B2 (en) 1999-10-08 2005-11-29 Ferree Bret A Annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus
US6245107B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2001-06-12 Bret A. Ferree Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation
US6419702B1 (en) 1999-08-13 2002-07-16 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantation of the nucleus pulposis
US6244630B1 (en) 1999-07-06 2001-06-12 Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. Method and apparatus for non-intrusive on-line leak sealing of flanged piping connections
US6793677B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2004-09-21 Bret A. Ferree Method of providing cells and other biologic materials for transplantation
US7435260B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2008-10-14 Ferree Bret A Use of morphogenetic proteins to treat human disc disease
US6648918B2 (en) 1999-08-13 2003-11-18 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease through the transplantation of dehydrated tissue
US6719797B1 (en) 1999-08-13 2004-04-13 Bret A. Ferree Nucleus augmentation with in situ formed hydrogels
US6454804B1 (en) 1999-10-08 2002-09-24 Bret A. Ferree Engineered tissue annulus fibrosis augmentation methods and apparatus
US7201776B2 (en) 1999-10-08 2007-04-10 Ferree Bret A Artificial intervertebral disc replacements with endplates
US6352557B1 (en) 1999-08-13 2002-03-05 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantion of extracellular nucleus pulposus matrix and autograft nucleus pulposus cells
US7998213B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-08-16 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc herniation repair
US6821276B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2004-11-23 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral diagnostic and manipulation device
WO2004100841A1 (en) 1999-08-18 2004-11-25 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc nucleus
US6508839B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2003-01-21 Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US20040044412A1 (en) 1999-08-18 2004-03-04 Gregory Lambrecht Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc
US6936072B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2005-08-30 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Encapsulated intervertebral disc prosthesis and methods of manufacture
US8323341B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-12-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Impaction grafting for vertebral fusion
US7507243B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2009-03-24 Gregory Lambrecht Devices and method for augmenting a vertebral disc
US6425919B1 (en) 1999-08-18 2002-07-30 Intrinsic Orthopedics, Inc. Devices and methods of vertebral disc augmentation
US6783546B2 (en) 1999-09-13 2004-08-31 Keraplast Technologies, Ltd. Implantable prosthetic or tissue expanding device
US6964674B1 (en) * 1999-09-20 2005-11-15 Nuvasive, Inc. Annulotomy closure device
US6312462B1 (en) 1999-09-22 2001-11-06 Impra, Inc. Prosthesis for abdominal aortic aneurysm repair
US6264695B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2001-07-24 Replication Medical, Inc. Spinal nucleus implant
US6645247B2 (en) 1999-10-08 2003-11-11 Bret A. Ferree Supplementing engineered annulus tissues with autograft of allograft tendons
US6648920B2 (en) 1999-10-08 2003-11-18 Bret A. Ferree Natural and synthetic supplements to engineered annulus and disc tissues
US8679180B2 (en) 1999-10-08 2014-03-25 Anova Corporation Devices used to treat disc herniation and attachment mechanisms therefore
US6648919B2 (en) 1999-10-14 2003-11-18 Bret A. Ferree Transplantation of engineered meniscus tissue to the intervertebral disc
US7951201B2 (en) 1999-10-20 2011-05-31 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus
US7935147B2 (en) 1999-10-20 2011-05-03 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for enhanced delivery of treatment device to the intervertebral disc annulus
US20020123807A1 (en) 1999-10-20 2002-09-05 Cauthen Joseph C. Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent
US7615076B2 (en) 1999-10-20 2009-11-10 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus
US7052516B2 (en) 1999-10-20 2006-05-30 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and deformable spinal disc annulus stent
US6830570B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2004-12-14 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Devices and techniques for a posterior lateral disc space approach
US7214245B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2007-05-08 Drexel University Associating hydrogels for nucleus pulposus replacement in intervertebral discs
US6648915B2 (en) 1999-12-23 2003-11-18 John A. Sazy Intervertebral cage and method of use
KR200188511Y1 (en) 2000-01-06 2000-07-15 구자교 A supplement plug for spinal colulm
US6355063B1 (en) 2000-01-20 2002-03-12 Impra, Inc. Expanded PTFE drug delivery graft
US6248106B1 (en) 2000-02-25 2001-06-19 Bret Ferree Cross-coupled vertebral stabilizers
US20020133155A1 (en) 2000-02-25 2002-09-19 Ferree Bret A. Cross-coupled vertebral stabilizers incorporating spinal motion restriction
DE10023828A1 (en) * 2000-05-15 2002-01-03 Nexpress Solutions Llc Device for transporting printing material through a printing unit
US6537198B1 (en) 2000-03-21 2003-03-25 Myocor, Inc. Splint assembly for improving cardiac function in hearts, and method for implanting the splint assembly
US6425924B1 (en) 2000-03-31 2002-07-30 Ethicon, Inc. Hernia repair prosthesis
US6402750B1 (en) 2000-04-04 2002-06-11 Spinlabs, Llc Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders
US6579291B1 (en) * 2000-10-10 2003-06-17 Spinalabs, Llc Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders
US6805695B2 (en) 2000-04-04 2004-10-19 Spinalabs, Llc Devices and methods for annular repair of intervertebral discs
US6395033B1 (en) 2000-04-10 2002-05-28 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Dynamic fusion mechanostat devices
US6503269B2 (en) 2000-06-12 2003-01-07 Scott A. Nield Method of treating intervertebral discs using optical energy and optical temperature feedback
CA2414168C (en) 2000-06-23 2010-02-09 University Of Southern California Percutaneous vertebral fusion system
WO2002003885A2 (en) 2000-07-10 2002-01-17 Michelson Gary K Flanged interbody spinal fusion implants
US6458131B1 (en) 2000-08-07 2002-10-01 Salut, Ltd. Apparatus and method for reducing spinal deformity
US6530932B1 (en) 2000-08-30 2003-03-11 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Anastomosis device having improved tissue presentation
EP1192908A3 (en) 2000-10-02 2004-05-26 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. System and method for spinal reconstruction
US6723038B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2004-04-20 Myocor, Inc. Methods and devices for improving mitral valve function
US6616684B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2003-09-09 Myocor, Inc. Endovascular splinting devices and methods
US20020045942A1 (en) 2000-10-16 2002-04-18 Ham Michael J. Procedure for repairing damaged discs
US6733531B1 (en) 2000-10-20 2004-05-11 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Anchoring devices and implants for intervertebral disc augmentation
ES2358498T3 (en) 2000-10-24 2011-05-11 Cryolife, Inc. BIOPROSTÉTICO FILLING AND METHODS, PARTICULARLY FOR THE IN SITU TRAINING OF BIOPRÓTESIS OF INTERVERTEBRAL DISCS.
CA2426138A1 (en) 2000-10-27 2002-08-01 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Annulus repair systems and methods
US6551320B2 (en) 2000-11-08 2003-04-22 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Method and apparatus for correcting spinal deformity
HUP0302127A2 (en) 2000-12-15 2005-12-28 Spineology, Inc. Annulus-reinforcing band
US6558387B2 (en) 2001-01-30 2003-05-06 Fastemetix, Llc Porous interbody fusion device having integrated polyaxial locking interference screws
US6562073B2 (en) 2001-02-06 2003-05-13 Sdgi Holding, Inc. Spinal bone implant
US6645211B2 (en) 2001-02-07 2003-11-11 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Orthopedic support system and method of installation
EP1399077B1 (en) * 2001-02-13 2006-08-23 Jeffrey E. Yeung Intervertebral disc repair compression device and trocar
US7229441B2 (en) 2001-02-28 2007-06-12 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Flexible systems for spinal stabilization and fixation
US6551356B2 (en) * 2001-03-19 2003-04-22 Ethicon, Inc. Pocketed hernia repair
US7344539B2 (en) 2001-03-30 2008-03-18 Depuy Acromed, Inc. Intervertebral connection system
US20020147496A1 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-10 Integrated Vascular Systems, Inc. Apparatus for treating spinal discs
US6582433B2 (en) 2001-04-09 2003-06-24 St. Francis Medical Technologies, Inc. Spine fixation device and method
US20030078579A1 (en) 2001-04-19 2003-04-24 Ferree Bret A. Annular repair devices and methods
US6726696B1 (en) 2001-04-24 2004-04-27 Advanced Catheter Engineering, Inc. Patches and collars for medical applications and methods of use
US20030149438A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2003-08-07 Howmedica Osteonics Corp. Insertion instrument
US20090234457A1 (en) 2001-06-29 2009-09-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Systems, devices and methods for treatment of intervertebral disorders
FR2827156B1 (en) 2001-07-13 2003-11-14 Ldr Medical VERTEBRAL CAGE DEVICE WITH MODULAR FASTENING
US20030074075A1 (en) 2001-08-27 2003-04-17 Thomas James C. Expandable implant for partial disc replacement and reinforcement of a disc partially removed in a discectomy and for reduction and maintenance of alignment of cancellous bone fractures and methods and apparatuses for same
US6736815B2 (en) 2001-09-06 2004-05-18 Core Medical, Inc. Apparatus and methods for treating spinal discs
US6706069B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2004-03-16 J. Lee Berger Spinal grooved director with built in balloon
AU2002362310A1 (en) 2001-09-14 2003-04-01 Arthrocare Corporation Methods and apparatus for treating intervertebral discs
EP1435857B1 (en) 2001-10-19 2015-04-08 Baylor College Of Medicine Bone compression devices and systems and methods of contouring and using same
US6783527B2 (en) 2001-10-30 2004-08-31 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Flexible spinal stabilization system and method
JP3993855B2 (en) 2001-11-01 2007-10-17 スパイン・ウェイブ・インコーポレーテッド Device for spinal disc recovery
AU2002350026A1 (en) 2001-11-01 2003-05-12 Lawrence M. Boyd System and method for the pretreatment of the endplates of an intervertebral disc
US7285121B2 (en) 2001-11-05 2007-10-23 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Devices and methods for the correction and treatment of spinal deformities
US20030130738A1 (en) 2001-11-08 2003-07-10 Arthrocare Corporation System and method for repairing a damaged intervertebral disc
US7578835B2 (en) 2001-11-09 2009-08-25 Board Of Regents Of The Nevada System Of Higher Education Apparatus and methods for bone fracture reduction and fixation
US7232802B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2007-06-19 Zimmer Orthobiologics, Inc. Compositions and methods for promoting myocardial and peripheral angiogenesis
US6764510B2 (en) 2002-01-09 2004-07-20 Myocor, Inc. Devices and methods for heart valve treatment
US7150750B2 (en) 2002-01-10 2006-12-19 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Method and device for endoscopic suturing
US7105023B2 (en) 2002-01-17 2006-09-12 Concept Matrix, L.L.C. Vertebral defect device
US6626909B2 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-09-30 Kingsley Richard Chin Apparatus and method for spine fixation
US20030187509A1 (en) 2002-04-01 2003-10-02 Lemole G. Michael Modulus plating system and method
US6966910B2 (en) 2002-04-05 2005-11-22 Stephen Ritland Dynamic fixation device and method of use
US7223289B2 (en) 2002-04-16 2007-05-29 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Annulus repair systems and techniques
US7033393B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2006-04-25 Raymedica, Inc. Self-transitioning spinal disc anulus occulsion device and method of use
US20050143825A1 (en) 2002-07-09 2005-06-30 Albert Enayati Intervertebral prosthesis
US7018414B2 (en) 2002-07-30 2006-03-28 Brau Salvador A Support device for vertebral fusion
US7052497B2 (en) 2002-08-14 2006-05-30 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Techniques for spinal surgery and attaching constructs to vertebral elements
AU2003268458A1 (en) 2002-09-05 2004-03-29 Arthrocare Corporation Methods and apparatus for treating intervertebral discs
US6966916B2 (en) * 2002-09-26 2005-11-22 Kumar Sarbjeet S Device and method for surgical repair of abdominal wall hernias
US8679179B2 (en) 2002-10-03 2014-03-25 Anova Corp. Annular repair devices and methods
US7232463B2 (en) 2002-10-23 2007-06-19 U.S. Spinal Technologies, Llc Intervertebral cage designs
US7682392B2 (en) 2002-10-30 2010-03-23 Depuy Spine, Inc. Regenerative implants for stabilizing the spine and devices for attachment of said implants
US7404824B1 (en) 2002-11-15 2008-07-29 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Valve aptation assist device
US6974479B2 (en) 2002-12-10 2005-12-13 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. System and method for blocking and/or retaining a prosthetic spinal implant
US7351223B2 (en) 2003-05-05 2008-04-01 Physicians Industries, Inc. Infusion syringe with integrated pressure transducer
US6986771B2 (en) 2003-05-23 2006-01-17 Globus Medical, Inc. Spine stabilization system
US7351262B2 (en) 2003-06-05 2008-04-01 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Bone implants and methods of making same
US20040260300A1 (en) 2003-06-20 2004-12-23 Bogomir Gorensek Method of delivering an implant through an annular defect in an intervertebral disc
DK1638485T3 (en) 2003-06-20 2011-05-02 Intrinsic Therapeutics Inc Device for delivery of an implant through an annular defect in an intervertebral disc
US7182782B2 (en) 2003-09-30 2007-02-27 X-Spine Systems, Inc. Spinal fusion system and method for fusing spinal bones
US7708733B2 (en) 2003-10-20 2010-05-04 Arthrocare Corporation Electrosurgical method and apparatus for removing tissue within a bone body
US20050125066A1 (en) 2003-12-08 2005-06-09 Innovative Spinal Technologies Nucleus replacement securing device and method
US7763077B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2010-07-27 Biomerix Corporation Repair of spinal annular defects and annulo-nucleoplasty regeneration
US7833251B1 (en) 2004-01-06 2010-11-16 Nuvasive, Inc. System and method for performing spinal fixation
US7297146B2 (en) 2004-01-30 2007-11-20 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Orthopedic distraction implants and techniques
US7465318B2 (en) 2004-04-15 2008-12-16 Soteira, Inc. Cement-directing orthopedic implants
US7556650B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2009-07-07 Spine Wave, Inc. Methods for injecting a curable biomaterial into an intervertebral space
US7585326B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2009-09-08 Spinalmotion, Inc. Methods and apparatus for intervertebral disc prosthesis insertion
JP2008511422A (en) 2004-09-02 2008-04-17 クロストゥリーズ・メディカル・インコーポレーテッド Device and method for distraction of spinal disc space
US7682393B2 (en) 2004-10-14 2010-03-23 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Implant system, method, and instrument for augmentation or reconstruction of intervertebral disc
US20060085076A1 (en) 2004-10-15 2006-04-20 Manoj Krishna Posterior spinal arthroplasty-development of a new posteriorly inserted artificial disc and an artificial facet joint
WO2006076558A1 (en) * 2005-01-13 2006-07-20 Card-Monroe Corporation Replaceable hook modules
US7632313B2 (en) 2005-04-29 2009-12-15 Jmea Corporation Disc repair system
US20060247776A1 (en) 2005-05-02 2006-11-02 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Systems and methods for augmenting intervertebral discs
US7951169B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2011-05-31 Depuy Spine, Inc. Posterior dynamic stabilization cross connectors
US7601172B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2009-10-13 Ouroboros Medical, Inc. Mechanical apparatus and method for artificial disc replacement
US7799060B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2010-09-21 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Multi-directional spinal stabilization systems and methods
EP1954215A4 (en) 2005-11-21 2012-12-19 Nicast Ltd Spinal nucleus prosthesis device
US8449614B2 (en) 2005-12-08 2013-05-28 Anova Corporation Sutures for use in the repair of defects in the anulus fibrosus
US7645301B2 (en) 2006-01-13 2010-01-12 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Devices and methods for disc replacement
US20070255406A1 (en) 2006-04-27 2007-11-01 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Devices, apparatus, and methods for bilateral approach to disc augmentation
US8702733B2 (en) 2006-05-26 2014-04-22 Anova Corporation Fastening assemblies for disc herniation repair and methods of use
US7740659B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2010-06-22 Depuy Spine, Inc. Insert for nucleus implant
US20080082172A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Jackson Roger P Interspinous process spacer
US7946236B2 (en) 2007-01-31 2011-05-24 Nuvasive, Inc. Using zigzags to create three-dimensional embroidered structures
US8337529B2 (en) 2007-02-13 2012-12-25 Anova Corp. Methods of bone, joint, and ligament reconstruction
US7822465B2 (en) 2007-04-25 2010-10-26 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Device and method for image-based device performance measurement
US9358113B2 (en) 2007-07-10 2016-06-07 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Delivery system
US8709054B2 (en) 2007-08-07 2014-04-29 Transcorp, Inc. Implantable vertebral frame systems and related methods for spinal repair
US20090118833A1 (en) 2007-11-05 2009-05-07 Zimmer Spine, Inc. In-situ curable interspinous process spacer
EP2219561A4 (en) 2007-11-19 2012-02-08 Magellan Spine Technologies Inc Spinal implants and methods
US8292961B2 (en) 2008-01-23 2012-10-23 Osman Said G Biologic vertebral reconstruction
US20090222093A1 (en) 2008-02-28 2009-09-03 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Nucleus Implant and Method of Installing Same
US20100087926A1 (en) 2008-10-02 2010-04-08 Butler Michael S Repair System for Spinal Disc Herniation
US8163022B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-04-24 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for the treatment of the intervertebral disc annulus
US20100145454A1 (en) 2008-12-09 2010-06-10 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Intervertebral disc nucleus replacement prosthesis
US8137355B2 (en) 2008-12-12 2012-03-20 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Spinal stabilization installation instrumentation and methods
US8133280B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-03-13 Depuy Spine, Inc. Methods and devices for expanding a spinal canal
US8470043B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2013-06-25 Benvenue Medical, Inc. Tissue removal tools and methods of use
US8182533B2 (en) 2009-01-19 2012-05-22 Richard Perkins Annular repair device and method
US9011538B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2015-04-21 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Methods of spinal nucleus replacemennt

Patent Citations (103)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3867728A (en) * 1971-12-30 1975-02-25 Cutter Lab Prosthesis for spinal repair
US4078559A (en) * 1975-05-30 1978-03-14 Erkki Einari Nissinen Straightening and supporting device for the spinal column in the surgical treatment of scoliotic diseases
US4502161A (en) * 1981-09-21 1985-03-05 Wall W H Prosthetic meniscus for the repair of joints
US4502161B1 (en) * 1981-09-21 1989-07-25
US4815453A (en) * 1983-05-04 1989-03-28 Societe De Fabrication De Materiel Orthopedique (Sofamor) Device for supporting the rachis
US4573454A (en) * 1984-05-17 1986-03-04 Hoffman Gregory A Spinal fixation apparatus
US4798205A (en) * 1986-05-08 1989-01-17 Cox-Uphoff International Method of using a subperiosteal tissue expander
US4890612A (en) * 1987-02-17 1990-01-02 Kensey Nash Corporation Device for sealing percutaneous puncture in a vessel
US4904260A (en) * 1987-08-20 1990-02-27 Cedar Surgical, Inc. Prosthetic disc containing therapeutic material
US5002576A (en) * 1988-06-06 1991-03-26 Mecron Medizinische Produkte Gmbh Intervertebral disk endoprosthesis
US4911718A (en) * 1988-06-10 1990-03-27 University Of Medicine & Dentistry Of N.J. Functional and biocompatible intervertebral disc spacer
US5192301A (en) * 1989-01-17 1993-03-09 Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. Closing plug of a defect for medical use and a closing plug device utilizing it
US4994073A (en) * 1989-02-22 1991-02-19 United States Surgical Corp. Skin fastener
US5100422A (en) * 1989-05-26 1992-03-31 Impra, Inc. Blood vessel patch
US5591204A (en) * 1990-09-21 1997-01-07 Datascope Investment Corp. Device and method for sealing puncture wounds
US5180393A (en) * 1990-09-21 1993-01-19 Polyclinique De Bourgogne & Les Hortensiad Artificial ligament for the spine
US5192300A (en) * 1990-10-01 1993-03-09 Quinton Instrument Company Insertion assembly and method of inserting a vessel plug into the body of a patient
US5192326A (en) * 1990-12-21 1993-03-09 Pfizer Hospital Products Group, Inc. Hydrogel bead intervertebral disc nucleus
US5387213A (en) * 1991-02-05 1995-02-07 Safir S.A.R.L. Osseous surgical implant particularly for an intervertebral stabilizer
US5383477A (en) * 1991-08-02 1995-01-24 Dematteis; Ralph A. Method and apparatus for laparoscopic repair of hernias
US5189789A (en) * 1991-11-06 1993-03-02 Hall United Technologies, Inc., Int'l Method for sealing tubes
US5282827A (en) * 1991-11-08 1994-02-01 Kensey Nash Corporation Hemostatic puncture closure system and method of use
US5397331A (en) * 1991-11-25 1995-03-14 Cook Incorporated Supporting device and apparatus for inserting the device
US5860425A (en) * 1991-12-03 1999-01-19 Boston Scientific Technology, Inc. Bladder neck suspension procedure
US5176692A (en) * 1991-12-09 1993-01-05 Wilk Peter J Method and surgical instrument for repairing hernia
US5728097A (en) * 1992-03-17 1998-03-17 Sdgi Holding, Inc. Method for subcutaneous suprafascial internal fixation
US5704936A (en) * 1992-04-10 1998-01-06 Eurosurgical Spinal osteosynthesis device
US5609634A (en) * 1992-07-07 1997-03-11 Voydeville; Gilles Intervertebral prosthesis making possible rotatory stabilization and flexion/extension stabilization
US5292332A (en) * 1992-07-27 1994-03-08 Lee Benjamin I Methods and device for percutanceous sealing of arterial puncture sites
US5725582A (en) * 1992-08-19 1998-03-10 Surgicraft Limited Surgical implants
US5383905A (en) * 1992-10-09 1995-01-24 United States Surgical Corporation Suture loop locking device
US5591223A (en) * 1992-11-23 1997-01-07 Children's Medical Center Corporation Re-expandable endoprosthesis
US5613974A (en) * 1992-12-10 1997-03-25 Perclose, Inc. Apparatus and method for vascular closure
US5725577A (en) * 1993-01-13 1998-03-10 Saxon; Allen Prosthesis for the repair of soft tissue defects
US5500000A (en) * 1993-07-01 1996-03-19 United States Surgical Corporation Soft tissue repair system and method
US5391182A (en) * 1993-08-03 1995-02-21 Origin Medsystems, Inc. Apparatus and method for closing puncture wounds
US5397332A (en) * 1993-09-02 1995-03-14 Ethicon, Inc. Surgical mesh applicator
US20040034353A1 (en) * 1994-03-28 2004-02-19 Michelson Gary Karlin Apparatus and method for anterior spinal stabilization
US5865846A (en) * 1994-11-14 1999-02-02 Bryan; Vincent Human spinal disc prosthesis
US5611801A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-03-18 Pioneer Laboratories, Inc. Method and apparatus for bone fracture fixation
US5591235A (en) * 1995-03-15 1997-01-07 Kuslich; Stephen D. Spinal fixation device
US5571139A (en) * 1995-05-19 1996-11-05 Jenkins, Jr.; Joseph R. Bidirectional suture anchor
US5705780A (en) * 1995-06-02 1998-01-06 Howmedica Inc. Dehydration of hydrogels
US5865845A (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-02-02 Thalgott; John S. Prosthetic intervertebral disc
US5716408A (en) * 1996-05-31 1998-02-10 C.R. Bard, Inc. Prosthesis for hernia repair and soft tissue reconstruction
US5728150A (en) * 1996-07-29 1998-03-17 Cardiovascular Dynamics, Inc. Expandable microporous prosthesis
US5716416A (en) * 1996-09-10 1998-02-10 Lin; Chih-I Artificial intervertebral disk and method for implanting the same
US5716409A (en) * 1996-10-16 1998-02-10 Debbas; Elie Reinforcement sheet for use in surgical repair
US6019793A (en) * 1996-10-21 2000-02-01 Synthes Surgical prosthetic device
US6190414B1 (en) * 1996-10-31 2001-02-20 Surgical Dynamics Inc. Apparatus for fusion of adjacent bone structures
US6027527A (en) * 1996-12-06 2000-02-22 Piolax Inc. Stent
US5860977A (en) * 1997-01-02 1999-01-19 Saint Francis Medical Technologies, Llc Spine distraction implant and method
US6514194B2 (en) * 1997-01-02 2003-02-04 Myocor, Inc. Heart wall tension reduction apparatus and method
US6173311B1 (en) * 1997-02-13 2001-01-09 Pointcast, Inc. Apparatus, method and article of manufacture for servicing client requests on a network
US6093205A (en) * 1997-06-25 2000-07-25 Bridport-Gundry Plc C/O Pearsalls Implants Surgical implant
US6017346A (en) * 1997-07-18 2000-01-25 Ultraortho, Inc. Wedge for fastening tissue to bone
US6180848B1 (en) * 1997-08-27 2001-01-30 Ethicon, Inc. Prosthesis obturating device for the obturation of a hernial canal
US6146420A (en) * 1997-12-10 2000-11-14 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Osteogenic fusion device
US6855166B2 (en) * 1998-03-20 2005-02-15 Zimmer Spine, Inc. Intevertebral implant with reduced contact area and method
US6019792A (en) * 1998-04-23 2000-02-01 Cauthen Research Group, Inc. Articulating spinal implant
US6024096A (en) * 1998-05-01 2000-02-15 Correstore Inc Anterior segment ventricular restoration apparatus and method
US6174323B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2001-01-16 Broncus Technologies, Inc. Method and assembly for lung volume reduction
US6183518B1 (en) * 1999-02-22 2001-02-06 Anthony C. Ross Method of replacing nucleus pulposus and repairing the intervertebral disk
US20050027362A1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2005-02-03 Williams Lytton A. Method and apparatus for intervertebral implant anchorage
US20070027471A1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2007-02-01 Ferree Bret A Methods and apparatus for treating disc herniation and preventing the extrusion of interbody bone graft
US6685695B2 (en) * 1999-08-13 2004-02-03 Bret A. Ferree Method and apparatus for providing nutrition to intervertebral disc tissue
US6344058B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2002-02-05 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease through transplantation of allograft disc and vertebral endplates
US6340369B1 (en) * 1999-08-13 2002-01-22 Bret A. Ferree Treating degenerative disc disease with harvested disc cells and analogues of the extracellular matrix
US7879097B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2011-02-01 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of performing a procedure within a disc
US7867278B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2011-01-11 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc anulus implant
US7658765B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2010-02-09 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Resilient intervertebral disc implant
US8105384B2 (en) * 1999-08-18 2012-01-31 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Weakened anulus repair
US20030040796A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-02-27 Ferree Bret A. Devices used to treat disc herniation and attachment mechanisms therefore
US20030004574A1 (en) * 1999-10-08 2003-01-02 Ferree Bret A. Disc and annulus augmentation using biologic tissue
US7004970B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2006-02-28 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Methods and devices for spinal disc annulus reconstruction and repair
US6520967B1 (en) * 1999-10-20 2003-02-18 Cauthen Research Group, Inc. Spinal implant insertion instrument for spinal interbody prostheses
US6984247B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2006-01-10 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent
US6997956B2 (en) * 1999-10-20 2006-02-14 Anulex Technologies, Inc. Spinal disc annulus reconstruction method and spinal disc annulus stent
US7318840B2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2008-01-15 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Intervertebral disc treatment devices and methods
US7491236B2 (en) * 2000-02-16 2009-02-17 Trans1, Inc. Dual anchor prosthetic nucleus apparatus
US6689125B1 (en) * 2000-04-04 2004-02-10 Spinalabs, Llc Devices and methods for the treatment of spinal disorders
US7491179B2 (en) * 2000-08-25 2009-02-17 The Cleveland Clinic Foundation Apparatus and method for assessing loads on adjacent bones
US20020026244A1 (en) * 2000-08-30 2002-02-28 Trieu Hai H. Intervertebral disc nucleus implants and methods
US7331956B2 (en) * 2000-09-28 2008-02-19 Arthrocare Corporation Methods and apparatus for treating back pain
US6508828B1 (en) * 2000-11-03 2003-01-21 Radi Medical Systems Ab Sealing device and wound closure device
US7326249B2 (en) * 2001-02-28 2008-02-05 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Flexible spine stabilization systems
US6989031B2 (en) * 2001-04-02 2006-01-24 Sdgi Holdings, Inc. Hemi-interbody spinal implant manufactured from a major long bone ring or a bone composite
US20100030333A1 (en) * 2001-04-02 2010-02-04 Michelson Gary K Hemi-interbody spinal fusion implants manufactured from a major long bone ring
US7172627B2 (en) * 2001-04-03 2007-02-06 Scient'x Stabilized interbody fusion system for vertebrae
US7666205B2 (en) * 2001-04-19 2010-02-23 Synthes Usa, Llc Inflatable device and method for reducing fractures in bone and in treating the spine
US20060030884A1 (en) * 2002-03-14 2006-02-09 Yeung Jeffrey E Suture anchor and approximating device
US6997953B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2006-02-14 Depuy Spine, Inc. Method for implanting a laminoplasty
US7335213B1 (en) * 2002-11-15 2008-02-26 Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. Apparatus and methods for heart valve repair
US20050015148A1 (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-01-20 Jansen Lex P. Biocompatible wires and methods of using same to fill bone void
US20080015693A1 (en) * 2004-05-27 2008-01-17 Regis Le Couedic Spinal Arthroplasty System
US20090012540A1 (en) * 2005-11-16 2009-01-08 Bischoff Textil Ag Implant for Sealing and/or Healing a Defect in an Annulus of an Intervertebral Disc
US20100004664A1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2010-01-07 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Anchoring system for disc repair
US8114082B2 (en) * 2005-12-28 2012-02-14 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Anchoring system for disc repair
US20080009792A1 (en) * 2006-01-27 2008-01-10 Bruce Henniges System and method for deliverying an agglomeration of solid beads and cement to the interior of a bone in order to form an implant within the bone
US20080039586A1 (en) * 2006-07-17 2008-02-14 Syracuse University Multi-Solution Bone Cements and Methods of Making the Same
US20090024165A1 (en) * 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Ferree Bret A Methods of annulus and ligament reconstruction using flexible devices
US20100049259A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2010-02-25 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method for vertebral endplate reconstruction
US20110022061A1 (en) * 2009-07-24 2011-01-27 Depuy Mitek, Inc. Apparatus and method for repairing tissue

Cited By (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7879097B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-02-01 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of performing a procedure within a disc
US8025698B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-09-27 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of rehabilitating an anulus fibrosus
US8409284B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2013-04-02 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of repairing herniated segments in the disc
US9706947B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2017-07-18 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of performing an anchor implantation procedure within a disc
US7959679B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-06-14 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral anulus and nucleus augmentation
US7658765B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2010-02-09 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Resilient intervertebral disc implant
US7717961B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2010-05-18 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Apparatus delivery in an intervertebral disc
US8257437B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2012-09-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of intervertebral disc augmentation
US7749275B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2010-07-06 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of reducing spinal implant migration
US7867278B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-01-11 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc anulus implant
US8231678B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2012-07-31 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method of treating a herniated disc
US9333087B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2016-05-10 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Herniated disc repair
US20050004578A1 (en) * 1999-08-18 2005-01-06 Lambrecht Gregory H. Apparatus delivery in an intervertebral disc
US7998213B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-08-16 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Intervertebral disc herniation repair
US8002836B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-08-23 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method for the treatment of the intervertebral disc anulus
US8021425B2 (en) 1999-08-18 2011-09-20 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Versatile method of repairing an intervertebral disc
US20050002909A1 (en) * 2000-04-07 2005-01-06 Centerpulse Biologics Inc Methods and compositions for treating intervertebral disc degeneration
US20040138673A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2004-07-15 Lambrecht Gregory H. Lateral probe advancement in intervertebral disc tissue
US20070003525A1 (en) * 2003-01-31 2007-01-04 Moehlenbruck Jeffrey W Hydrogel compositions comprising nucleus pulposus tissue
US7727241B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-06-01 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Device for delivering an implant through an annular defect in an intervertebral disc
US20060253121A1 (en) * 2004-06-21 2006-11-09 Bogomir Gorensek Minimally invasive method for delivery and positioning of intervertebral disc implants
US8394146B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2013-03-12 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Vertebral anchoring methods
US9039741B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2015-05-26 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Bone anchor systems
US10470804B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2019-11-12 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Bone anchor delivery systems and methods
US7972337B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2011-07-05 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Devices and methods for bone anchoring
US9610106B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2017-04-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Bone anchor systems
US11185354B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2021-11-30 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Bone anchor delivery systems and methods
US8114082B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2012-02-14 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Anchoring system for disc repair
US9226832B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2016-01-05 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Interbody fusion material retention methods
US8361155B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2013-01-29 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Soft tissue impaction methods
US10716685B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2020-07-21 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Bone anchor delivery systems
US10076424B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2018-09-18 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Impaction systems
US8323341B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-12-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Impaction grafting for vertebral fusion
US8454612B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2013-06-04 Intrinsic Therapeutics, Inc. Method for vertebral endplate reconstruction
US9393002B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-19 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9301826B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-04-05 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US8758373B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2014-06-24 Covidien Lp Means and method for reversibly connecting a patch to a patch deployment device
US10159554B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2018-12-25 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9393093B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-19 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9398944B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2016-07-26 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US9044235B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2015-06-02 Covidien Lp Magnetic clip for implant deployment device
US8317808B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2012-11-27 Covidien Lp Device and method for rolling and inserting a prosthetic patch into a body cavity
US9833240B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2017-12-05 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US8808314B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2014-08-19 Covidien Lp Device and method for deploying and attaching an implant to a biological tissue
US10182898B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2019-01-22 Covidien Lp Clip for implant deployment device
US9034002B2 (en) 2008-02-18 2015-05-19 Covidien Lp Lock bar spring and clip for implant deployment device
US8888811B2 (en) 2008-10-20 2014-11-18 Covidien Lp Device and method for attaching an implant to biological tissue
US8734473B2 (en) 2009-02-18 2014-05-27 Covidien Lp Device and method for rolling and inserting a prosthetic patch into a body cavity
US9999424B2 (en) 2009-08-17 2018-06-19 Covidien Lp Means and method for reversibly connecting an implant to a deployment device
US8906045B2 (en) 2009-08-17 2014-12-09 Covidien Lp Articulating patch deployment device and method of use
US10070969B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2018-09-11 Stryker European Holdings I, Llc Annulus plug for intervertebral disc repair

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20090292322A1 (en) 2009-11-26
US20070118226A1 (en) 2007-05-24
US8025698B2 (en) 2011-09-27
US7998213B2 (en) 2011-08-16
US20070067039A1 (en) 2007-03-22
US7959679B2 (en) 2011-06-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9333087B2 (en) Herniated disc repair
US7998213B2 (en) Intervertebral disc herniation repair
US7658765B2 (en) Resilient intervertebral disc implant
US7124761B2 (en) Deployment devices and methods for vertebral disc augmentation
US20120316648A1 (en) Intervertebral disc reinforcement systems
EP1686929A2 (en) Stabilized intervertebral disc barrier
AU2002243434B2 (en) Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention
AU2002243434A1 (en) Devices and method for nucleus pulposus augmentation and retention

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION